LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC
S-1/A, 1996-06-07
MEDICINAL CHEMICALS & BOTANICAL PRODUCTS
Previous: MOUNTBATTEN INC, SC 13G, 1996-06-07
Next: FALCON BUILDING PRODUCTS INC, DEFR14A, 1996-06-07



<PAGE>
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 7, 1996.
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 33-78636
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                             ---------------------
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                              -------------------
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          2834                  13-3641596
 (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION    (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL    (IRS EMPLOYER
              OF                 CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)     IDENTIFICATION
INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                                      NUMBER)
</TABLE>
 
                             901 EAST 233RD STREET
                         CARSON, CALIFORNIA 90745-6204
                                 (310) 835-8400
         (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING
            AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                               DIANE J. BEARDSLEY
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
                             901 EAST 233RD STREET
                         CARSON, CALIFORNIA 90745-6204
                                 (310) 835-8400
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                   INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                             ---------------------
                    COPIES OF ALL COMMUNICATIONS, INCLUDING
          COMMUNICATIONS SENT TO AGENT FOR SERVICE, SHOULD BE SENT TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
             FREDERICK H. FOGEL, ESQ.                           FAITH D. GROSSNICKLE, ESQ.
     FRIED, FRANK, HARRIS, SHRIVER & JACOBSON                      SHEARMAN & STERLING
                ONE NEW YORK PLAZA                                 599 LEXINGTON AVENUE
          NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004-1980                       NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022-6069
                  (212) 859-8000                                      (212) 848-4000
</TABLE>
 
    APPROXIMATE  DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered  on
a  delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933 check the following box.  / /
 
    If this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an  offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and  list  the  Securities  Act registration  statement  number  of  the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  / /
 
    If this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule  462(c)
under  the Securities Act, check  the following box and  list the Securities Act
registration statement number  of the earlier  effective registration  statement
for the same offering.  / /
 
    If  delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  /X/
                             ---------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        PROPOSED MAXIMUM
                                       AMOUNT TO      PROPOSED MAXIMUM     AGGREGATE
      TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF               BE          OFFERING PRICE       OFFERING         AMOUNT OF
   SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED       REGISTERED (1)    PER SHARE (2)       PRICE (2)      REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                 <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
Common Stock, $.01 par value......  5,750,000 shares       $15.00         $86,250,000        $29,741(3)
</TABLE>
 
(1) Includes 750,000 shares that  the Underwriters have  the option to  purchase
    from the Company to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
(2) Estimated  solely  for  the  purpose  of  calculating  the  registration fee
    pursuant to Rule 457.
 
(3) $19,826 previously paid.
                             ---------------------
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933 OR  UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON  SUCH  DATE  AS  THE SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                   PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
                   SHOWING THE LOCATION IN THE PROSPECTUS OF
                 INFORMATION REQUIRED BY THE ITEMS OF FORM S-1
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FORM S-1 ITEM NUMBER AND CAPTION                                          LOCATION OR HEADING IN THE PROSPECTUS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>                                                    <C>
       1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
            Front Cover Page of Prospectus......................  Facing Page of Registration Statement; Cross
                                                                   Reference Sheet; Outside Front Cover Page of
                                                                   Prospectus
       2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
            Prospectus..........................................  Inside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Outside Back
                                                                   Cover Page of Prospectus
       3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of
            Earnings to Fixed Charges...........................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Prospectus
                                                                   Summary; Risk Factors; The Company
       4.  Use of Proceeds......................................  Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds; Description of
                                                                   Certain Indebtedness
       5.  Determination of Offering Price......................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Risk Factors;
                                                                   Underwriting
       6.  Dilution.............................................  Dilution
       7.  Selling Security Holders.............................  Inapplicable
       8.  Plan of Distribution.................................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Underwriting
       9.  Description of Securities to Be Registered...........  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Dividend
                                                                   Policy; Description of Capital Stock; Description of
                                                                   Certain Indebtedness
      10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel...............  Inapplicable
      11.  Information with Respect to the Registrant...........  Outside Front Cover Page; Prospectus Summary; Risk
                                                                   Factors; The Company; Use of Proceeds; Dividend
                                                                   Policy; Dilution; Capitalization; Selected
                                                                   Consolidated Financial Data; Management's Discussion
                                                                   and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
                                                                   Operations; Business; Management; Principal
                                                                   Stockholders; Certain Transactions; Description of
                                                                   Capital Stock; Description of Certain Indebtedness;
                                                                   Shares Eligible for Future Sale; Experts;
                                                                   Consolidated Financial Statements
      12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification
            for Securities Act Liabilities......................  Inapplicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Information   contained  herein  is  subject   to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration statement  relating to  these securities  has been  filed with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may
not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration
statement  becomes effective. This  prospectus shall not  constitute an offer to
sell  or   the  solicitation   of  an   offer  to   buy  nor   shall  there   be
any  sale of these securities in any  state in which such offer, solicitation or
sale would  be  unlawful  prior  to  registration  or  qualification  under  the
securities laws of any such state.
<PAGE>
                             SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                   PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED JUNE 7, 1996
PROSPECTUS
 
                                5,000,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                 --------------
 
    All  of the 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock of Leiner Health Products Group
Inc. (the "Company") offered hereby are being sold by the Company. Prior to  the
offering  (the "Offering"), there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company.  It is currently  anticipated that the  initial public  offering
price  will be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share. For a discussion relating to
the factors to be considered in  determining the initial public offering  price,
see "Underwriting."
 
    Application  will be  made to list  the Common  Stock on the  New York Stock
Exchange ("NYSE") under the proposed symbol "LNR."
 
    SEE "RISK  FACTORS," BEGINNING  ON  PAGE 10,  FOR  A DISCUSSION  OF  CERTAIN
FACTORS  THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK
OFFERED HEREBY.
                              -------------------
 
THESE SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE  SECURITIES
 AND   EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR   ANY  STATE  SECURITIES   COMMISSION  NOR  HAS
   THE  SECURITIES   AND  EXCHANGE   COMMISSION  OR   ANY  STATE   SECURITIES
    COMMISSION    PASSED   UPON   THE   ACCURACY   OR   ADEQUACY   OF   THIS
     PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL  OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                <C>                <C>
                                        PRICE TO         UNDERWRITING        PROCEEDS TO
                                         PUBLIC          DISCOUNT (1)        COMPANY (2)
Per Share.........................          $                  $                  $
Total (3).........................          $                  $                  $
</TABLE>
 
(1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against certain
    liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933. See "Underwriting."
 
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $      .
 
(3) The  Company has  granted the Underwriters  an option  exercisable within 30
    days after the date  hereof to purchase up  to 750,000 additional shares  of
    Common  Stock to cover over-allotments, if  any. If such option is exercised
    in full, the total  Price to Public, Underwriting  Discount and Proceeds  to
    Company  will  be $          , $         and  $         ,  respectively. See
    "Underwriting."
                              -------------------
 
    The shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters,  subject
to  prior sale,  when, as  and if  issued to  and accepted  by them,  subject to
approval of certain legal  matters by counsel for  the Underwriters and  certain
other  conditions. The  Underwriters reserve  the right  to withdraw,  cancel or
modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected  that
delivery  of the shares of Common Stock will be made in New York, New York on or
about            , 1996.
                              -------------------
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
                                LEHMAN BROTHERS
                                                            SALOMON BROTHERS INC
<PAGE>
                                  ------------
 
               The date of this Prospectus is            , 1996.
<PAGE>
                          [Photos of Leiner products]
 
IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS  OFFERING, THE  UNDERWRITERS MAY  OVER-ALLOT OR  EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS  WHICH  STABILIZE OR  MAINTAIN THE  MARKET  PRICE OF  THE COMPANY'S
COMMON STOCK AT A  LEVEL ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE  OPEN
MARKET.  SUCH TRANSACTIONS  MAY BE  EFFECTED ON THE  NEW YORK  STOCK EXCHANGE OR
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND SHOULD BE READ IN
CONJUNCTION  WITH,  THE  MORE DETAILED  INFORMATION  AND  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND NOTES  THERETO APPEARING ELSEWHERE  IN THIS PROSPECTUS.  INDUSTRY
DATA  USED  THROUGHOUT  THIS  PROSPECTUS  WERE  OBTAINED  FROM  MARKET  RESEARCH
ORGANIZATIONS, INDUSTRY  PUBLICATIONS AND  INTERNAL COMPANY  ESTIMATES THAT  THE
COMPANY  BELIEVES TO BE RELIABLE, BUT HAS NOT INDEPENDENTLY VERIFIED. UNLESS THE
CONTEXT OTHERWISE  REQUIRES, REFERENCES  TO "LEINER"  OR THE  "COMPANY"  INCLUDE
LEINER  HEALTH PRODUCTS  GROUP INC.  AND ITS  DIRECT AND  INDIRECT SUBSIDIARIES,
INCLUDING ITS  PRINCIPAL  OPERATING  SUBSIDIARY,  LEINER  HEALTH  PRODUCTS  INC.
("LHP"). REFERENCES HEREIN TO A "FISCAL" YEAR REFER TO THE COMPANY'S FISCAL YEAR
ENDED  MARCH 31 IN THE CALENDAR YEAR  INDICATED (E.G., REFERENCES TO FISCAL 1996
ARE REFERENCES  TO THE  COMPANY'S  FISCAL YEAR  ENDED  MARCH 31,  1996).  INCOME
STATEMENT  DATA FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,  1993 CONSIST OF THE RESULTS OF THE
COMPANY'S PREDECESSOR FOR THE ONE MONTH  ENDED APRIL 30, 1992 TOGETHER WITH  THE
RESULTS OF THE COMPANY FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1993. REFERENCES TO
"COMMON  STOCK" REFER TO THE SHARES OF  COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE,
OF LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.  EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED, (I)  ALL
SHARE  AND PER SHARE DATA  IN THIS PROSPECTUS HAVE  BEEN ADJUSTED TO REFLECT THE
RECAPITALIZATION (AS HEREINAFTER DEFINED) THAT WILL BE IMPLEMENTED  CONCURRENTLY
WITH  THE  SALE  OF  THE  COMMON  STOCK  OFFERED  HEREBY  (SEE  "THE  COMPANY --
RECAPITALIZATION") AND (II) ALL INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS ASSUMES THAT  THE
OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION GRANTED TO THE UNDERWRITERS HAS NOT BEEN EXERCISED.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
GENERAL
 
    Leiner  is  the  nation's  largest manufacturer  and  marketer  of vitamins,
minerals and nutritional supplements (collectively, "vitamin products").  Leiner
markets  over  320  vitamin products  in  more  than 4,600  stock  keeping units
("SKUs"). The Company estimates that it has  a 50% share of private label  sales
(three  times as  large as its  largest competitor)  and a 20%  share of overall
vitamin product  sales  through mass  market  retailers in  the  United  States.
Vitamin product sales represent approximately 79% of the Company's net sales.
 
    The  Company's vitamin products are sold in  all 50 states through more than
50,000 retail outlets.  The Company's  vitamin product  customers are  primarily
mass  market retailers  and include the  country's 20 largest  drug store chains
(including Walgreen, American Stores,  Eckerd, CVS, Rite-Aid  and Revco), 18  of
the  20 largest supermarket chains  (including Safeway, Winn-Dixie, Albertson's,
A&P and  Lucky Stores),  the  10 largest  mass merchandising  chains  (including
Wal-Mart,  Target, Kmart and Venture) and  the two largest warehouse club chains
(Sam's and  PriceCostco)  (such  retailer categories  are  referred  to  herein,
collectively,  as "mass market"). The Company's  vitamin products are sold under
its customers' store names ("private label products"), as well as under its  own
brand,  Your Life-Registered Trademark-,  one of the  nation's leading broadline
vitamin brands.  The  Company  estimates that  private  label  vitamin  products
account  for approximately  38% of  total vitamin  product sales  by mass market
retailers and account for approximately 59% of Leiner's total net sales.
 
    In recent years, Leiner has  benefited from significant increases in  demand
for  vitamin products. According  to industry sources  and management estimates,
1995 retail sales of vitamin products in the U.S. mass market channel were  $1.9
billion  and have  grown at  a compound annual  rate of  approximately 11% since
1993. Since 1993, the fastest growing  segment of the vitamin products  category
has  been nutritional  supplements (including  herbal products),  sales of which
have grown at a compound annual rate  of approximately 38% since 1993 to  $307.8
million  in 1995. According to  the Gallup Organization, from  1991 to 1995, the
percentage of the U.S. population using  vitamin products has grown from 34%  to
38%. Management believes that growth in vitamin product sales has been driven by
(i)  national media attention regarding scientific research suggesting potential
health benefits from regular consumption of vitamin products; (ii) the aging  of
the  U.S population (because  a larger portion  of older age  groups use vitamin
products); (iii) the growing practice of self-care and preventive medicine;  and
(iv)  the favorable  effects and  opportunities presented  by the  enactment and
implementation of the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994, which
enhanced the  ability  of  vitamin  product  manufacturers  to  communicate  the
benefits  and functions  of their  products and  to introduce  new products. See
"Business -- Industry Overview."
 
    By leveraging its strengths and  resources in vitamin product  manufacturing
and   distribution,  Leiner  has  also  become   one  of  the  nation's  largest
manufacturers and marketers of private label non-prescription
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
("over-the-counter")  pharmaceuticals,  such  as  analgesics,  cough  and   cold
remedies and digestive aids ("OTC pharmaceuticals"). Leiner markets over 100 OTC
pharmaceutical  products in  approximately 1,600 SKUs.  OTC pharmaceutical sales
represent approximately  17%  of the  Company's  net sales.  The  Company's  OTC
pharmaceuticals  are  sold  as  private  label products  as  well  as  under the
Company's Pharmacist Formula-Registered Trademark- brand.
 
    The Company's net sales have increased from $230.8 million in fiscal 1993 to
$338.4 million in fiscal 1996. During  the same period, the Company's  operating
income,  excluding certain charges not expected  to continue, has increased from
$9.7 million in fiscal 1993 to $20.9 million in fiscal 1996. Excluded charges in
fiscal 1993  include management  fees of  $321,000 paid  to AEA  Investors  Inc.
("AEA")  that are expected to be discontinued  and costs of $3.7 million related
to the LHP Acquisition (as hereinafter defined). Excluded charges in fiscal 1996
include management fees of $350,000 paid to AEA and a charge of $4.7 million for
impairment of  long-lived assets.  See "Selected  Consolidated Financial  Data."
While  experiencing this  growth, the  Company has  invested approximately $20.2
million  in  a  facilities  consolidation,  capacity  expansion  and   equipment
modernization  program  with respect  to its  facilities  in the  western United
States (the "Manufacturing Program"). The Company has also invested $3.7 million
in modern equipment for its midwestern U.S. facilities.
 
MARKET LEADERSHIP
    Leiner is the  largest manufacturer  and marketer  of vitamins  to the  mass
market channel in the United States. This channel accounts for approximately 52%
of  overall vitamin  product sales in  the United States,  according to industry
sources. The leading role  Leiner enjoys in the  mass market channel allows  the
Company to realize economies of scale while developing strong relationships with
the   nation's  leading  mass  market  retailers.  The  Company  attributes  its
leadership in  the  overall vitamin  products  business to  several  competitive
advantages:
 
    PRODUCT  QUALITY.  Leiner believes its  reputation for quality is a critical
factor in customer purchase decisions, particularly for private label  products,
which  are marketed under the names  of Leiner's mass market retailer customers.
The Company believes  that in  1991 it became  the first  major vitamin  product
supplier  to manufacture its vitamin products  to meet standards for dissolution
and disintegration in substantially the form later adopted by the United  States
Pharmacopoeial  Convention, Inc. (the "USP").  Leiner promotes its innovation in
this  area   under  the   Proven  Release-Registered   Trademark-  and   Release
Assured-Registered  Trademark- trademarks. In 1994, the Company became the first
vitamin product manufacturer to sell vitamin products exhibiting the USP symbol.
In 1995, the Company became the first vitamin product manufacturer certified  as
being  in  compliance  with  USP vitamin  product  manufacturing  standards. The
Company's facilities were audited by an independent quality assurance laboratory
and  received  the  laboratory's  highest  rating  category.  See  "Business  --
Government Regulation."
 
    PRODUCT  INNOVATION.  Leiner has consistently introduced product innovations
based on scientific research and in response to consumer needs. It was the first
major vitamin product  supplier to introduce  such industry-wide innovations  as
Proven    Release-Registered   Trademark-   (standards   for   dissolution   and
disintegration in  substantially  the form  later  adopted by  the  USP),  Daily
Paks-Registered  Trademark- (pre-sorted, prepackaged  vitamin combinations), the
Naturalized-Registered Trademark- line (vitamin  products free of  preservatives
and  artificial  colors  and  flavors), Family  Size  packages  (larger quantity
packages initially  developed for  warehouse  clubs) and  Phytograph-TM-  herbal
testing (a process of testing herbal products to ensure that active constituents
contained  in the products are in conformity to the natural source). The Company
also believes  that  its reputation  for  introducing new  products  only  after
careful  review  of their  safety, utility  and commercial  acceptance is  a key
element of  Leiner's strong  relationships with  mass market  retailers and,  in
turn,  enhances Leiner's ability to introduce  new products into the channels it
serves. Leiner has created a scientific advisory board (the "Scientific Advisory
Board") composed  of  scientific and  regulatory  authorities on  nutrition  and
related  health fields to assist  the Company in the  evaluation of research and
new products. The Company believes that its Scientific Advisory Board is  viewed
by Leiner's customers as a valuable resource.
 
    CUSTOMER  SERVICE, SALES AND MARKETING SUPPORT.  The Company's long-standing
customer relationships are built upon its commitment to a high level of customer
service and have been recognized by "vendor of the year" awards from several  of
the  nation's leading retailers, including Albertson's, Revco, Rite-Aid, Safeway
and Target. The  Company believes it  has an excellent  reputation for  customer
service, which has
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
been  enhanced by consistently shipping complex  orders complete and on time and
by providing electronic data interchange  and vendor managed inventory  services
to  its  customers. The  Company,  through its  direct  sales force  and account
marketing managers, also provides  retailers with category management  services,
including  integrated  schedules  of  merchandising  programs,  advertising  and
promotions, designed to maximize retailers' sales and profits. See "Business  --
Customers, Sales and Marketing."
 
    GRAPHICS  AND PACKAGING  EXPERTISE.  Leiner  designs and  manages over 6,600
labels for approximately 265 customers. The Company believes that its  resources
and  expertise  in  label  design  and  management  are  significant competitive
advantages in  servicing  the complex  needs  of its  private  label  customers.
Leiner's  in-house  graphics capability  enables  the Company  to  deliver quick
turnaround times for private label design  projects and allows its customers  to
participate  in  the  development  and  production  of  labeling  and packaging.
Leiner's customers  benefit from  Leiner's  significant investment  in  computer
design  equipment, as  well as  in-house expertise  in marketing  strategies and
regulatory matters applicable to labels and packaging. The Company operates four
packaging facilities equipped with  32 packaging lines in  order to satisfy  the
complex demands and rapid response times required by its customers.
 
    MODERN,  EFFICIENT MANUFACTURING.  The Company has the largest manufacturing
capacity in the vitamin product industry with two tableting facilities operating
to USP standards capable of producing over 13 billion tablets per year and  four
packaging facilities containing 32 packaging lines, of which 25 are modern, high
speed  lines.  In  fiscal  1994,  Leiner  began  the  Manufacturing  Program,  a
facilities consolidation, capacity expansion and equipment modernization program
designed to consolidate  its western U.S.  facilities into a  smaller number  of
larger,  more  efficient units,  outfitted with  modern tableting  and packaging
equipment. The  Manufacturing  Program  has  allowed  the  Company  to  increase
capacity  by  adding  modern,  high  speed  equipment  and  to  reduce  variable
manufacturing costs  by  producing  larger batch  sizes  and  conducting  longer
uninterrupted  tableting  and  packaging  runs.  Through  the  consolidation  of
packaging and  distribution  facilities,  the  Manufacturing  Program  has  also
allowed  the Company  to reduce  distribution costs  in its  western facilities.
Leiner's investment  in the  Manufacturing Program  totaled approximately  $20.2
million.  Leiner expects  to realize further  improvements in  efficiency as the
elements of the Manufacturing Program are further integrated into the  Company's
operations. See "Business -- Manufacturing and Distribution."
 
    COMPLEMENTARY   NATURE   OF   VITAMIN   PRODUCT   AND   OTC   PHARMACEUTICAL
BUSINESSES.  The Company's OTC pharmaceutical products are sold through the same
distribution channels and, for most products, manufactured by the same processes
as the  Company's  vitamin  products.  In  addition,  vitamin  product  and  OTC
pharmaceutical  purchase decisions are  generally made by the  same buyer at the
Company's customers. This overlap of  channels and processes allows the  Company
to  enhance its strong position with mass market retailers and its manufacturing
and distribution expertise  by (i)  strengthening the  relationship between  the
Company   and  its  customers  by  allowing  the  Company  to  offer  "one-stop"
vitamin/OTC pharmaceutical shopping, (ii) allowing  the Company to allocate  its
fixed  costs across a broader revenue base and (iii) offering a more diversified
source of revenue to fund future growth of the Company.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
    The Company's  business strategy  is to  use its  competitive advantages  to
increase  its  share of  the  growing overall  vitamin  product business  and to
leverage its  distribution, marketing  and  manufacturing strengths  in  vitamin
products  to maximize  profitability. In order  to implement  this strategy, the
Company intends to:
 
    DEVELOP AND MARKET NEW PRODUCTS.  The Company believes it is a leader in the
vitamin product industry  in the  responsible development of  new products.  The
Company  intends  to continue  to  develop new  products  and programs  based on
scientific research and consumer needs. During fiscal 1997 the Company plans  to
introduce a number of new nutritional supplements (including herbal products) as
line  extensions  that build  on  successful nutritional  supplements previously
introduced. The Company believes that new nutritional supplement products  offer
an  important  avenue  of  growth  because  (i)  industry  sales  of nutritional
supplements have increased in the mass market channel at a compound annual  rate
of  approximately 38%  from 1993  through 1995 and  (ii) the  Company's share of
nutritional supplement sales in the  mass market channel is substantially  lower
than  the Company's  share for  vitamin and  mineral sales  and thus  presents a
growth opportunity.
 
    EXPAND VITAMIN PRODUCT SALES THROUGH NEW  CHANNELS.  The Company intends  to
expand  vitamin product sales through new channels such as warehouse club stores
(a new component of the mass market
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
channel  for  vitamin  products)  and  military  commissaries.  In  addition  to
continuing its efforts to increase its sales to warehouse club stores and to the
military  through the  development of  specialized sales  and marketing programs
designed to meet  the unique  needs of these  channels, the  Company intends  to
focus on expanding its international sales (primarily in Asia, South America and
Canada)  through  increased  investment  of  resources  in  international  sales
development and  by  joining  with  its U.S.  mass  market  customers  in  their
international   expansion.  To  date,  Leiner   has  obtained,  or  has  pending
applications to obtain, trademark registrations or authorization for importation
and sale  of its  products in  44 countries  outside of  the United  States.  In
addition,  Leiner has  entered into  a strategic  alliance with  Takeda Chemical
Industries, Ltd., one of Japan's largest pharmaceutical companies, regarding the
introduction, marketing  and  distribution of  Your  Life-Registered  Trademark-
brand vitamin products in Japan.
 
    EXPAND   SALES  AND  DISTRIBUTION  OF   BRANDED  PRODUCTS.    Leiner's  Your
Life-Registered Trademark-  brand is  one  of the  largest broadline  brands  of
vitamin  products in  the United  States and  accounted for  approximately $66.5
million, or  20%, of  the Company's  net sales  in fiscal  1996. Sales  of  Your
Life-Registered  Trademark- brand vitamin products  yield higher margins for the
Company than  sales of  comparable private  label products.  Nearly all  of  the
Company's  product innovations (including  Proven Release-Registered Trademark-,
Daily  Paks-Registered  Trademark-,  Naturalized-Registered  Trademark-  vitamin
products,  Family Size packages and Phytograph-TM- herbal testing) are initially
introduced under  the  Your  Life-Registered Trademark-  label.  In  1993,  Your
Life-Registered  Trademark-  was  appointed the  exclusive  mass  market vitamin
licensee of the United States Olympic Committee (through the 1996 Olympic games)
and has developed  a marketing program  based on this  appointment. In order  to
strengthen the Your Life-Registered Trademark- brand and expand the distribution
and  sales  of  Your  Life-Registered  Trademark-  vitamin  products,  Leiner is
increasing  marketing   and  advertising   expenditures  in   support  of   Your
Life-Registered  Trademark-  from approximately  $8  million in  fiscal  1996 to
approximately $10 million  in fiscal  1997. An  integral part  of this  expanded
marketing  program will be  a national radio  campaign featuring endorsements by
well known personalities George Brett and Chuck Yeager.
 
    SELECTIVE ACQUISITIONS.  In addition to internally generated growth,  Leiner
intends  to  expand  sales  and profitability  through  acquisitions  of closely
related businesses and product lines.  Leiner will focus on acquiring  companies
that  will add new distribution channels  or additional brands to complement its
existing business.  Although  the  Company  is  not  currently  considering  any
acquisitions,  it intends to review acquisitions  in the future as opportunities
arise.
 
    INCREASE OPERATING  MARGINS.    The Company's  operating  margin,  excluding
certain charges not expected to continue, has increased from 4.2% in fiscal 1993
to  6.2% in fiscal 1996. Excluded charges in fiscal 1993 include management fees
of $321,000 paid to AEA that are  expected to be discontinued and costs of  $3.7
million  related to the LHP Acquisition. Excluded charges in fiscal 1996 include
management fees  of $350,000  paid  to AEA  and a  charge  of $4.7  million  for
impairment  of long-lived assets. In addition to continuing to control operating
costs, the Company intends to increase  margins by shifting its product mix  and
further reducing manufacturing costs.
 
    Leiner  intends to shift its  product mix to increase  the relative share of
higher margin  products  by  (i)  introducing  new  products,  including  herbal
products,  in the nutritional  supplement category, which  typically earn higher
margins, (ii) developing new channels, such as international sales and warehouse
club stores, which sell a greater  proportion of higher margin branded  products
than   the  mass  market  generally  and  (iii)  promoting  the  sales  of  Your
Life-Registered Trademark- branded products through increased marketing support.
 
    As a result of the Manufacturing Program, Leiner has experienced significant
reductions in costs  in its new  and expanded facilities.  The Company  believes
similar  opportunities  to realize  cost reductions  exist  with respect  to its
midwestern U.S. facilities.  The Company  has decreased  its operating  expenses
(i.e., marketing, selling, distribution, general and administrative expenses) as
a  percentage of net  sales from 20.8% in  fiscal 1993 to  18.5% in fiscal 1996,
illustrating  the  continuing  focus  of  Leiner's  management  on   controlling
operating costs. Although the Company expects operating expenses as a percentage
of  net sales to increase slightly in  fiscal 1997 due to the Company's decision
to increase  marketing support  of the  Your Life-Registered  Trademark-  brand,
management intends to continue its focus on controlling costs.
 
    Before  making  an investment  in the  Common Stock,  prospective purchasers
should carefully consider certain matters set forth under "Risk Factors."
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                           <C>
Common Stock offered........................  5,000,000 shares
 
Common Stock to be outstanding after the
  Offering..................................  shares (1)
 
Use of proceeds.............................  To (i) repay certain outstanding  indebtedness
                                              of   LHP  and  (ii)   redeem  the  outstanding
                                              preferred stock of  the Company.  See "Use  of
                                              Proceeds."
 
Proposed NYSE symbol........................  LNR
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
(1) Does  not include      shares of Common Stock  issuable upon the exercise of
    outstanding management  stock options  having  a weighted  average  exercise
    price of $    per share and does not include certain other options issued in
    connection  with the  XCEL Acquisition (as  hereinafter defined).  As of the
    date of this  Prospectus,       shares  are issuable  pursuant to  currently
    exercisable  management stock  options and  no options  issued in connection
    with the XCEL Acquisition are exercisable. See "Management" and Notes 9  and
    15 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements contained elsewhere in
    this Prospectus.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                       SUMMARY ACTUAL AND PRO FORMA DATA
 
    On  May 4, 1992, the Company, through a wholly owned subsidiary, acquired P.
Leiner Nutritional Products Corp. (the  "Predecessor Company"), then a  publicly
traded  Delaware  corporation  (the "LHP  Acquisition").  P.  Leiner Nutritional
Products Corp. subsequently changed its name  to Leiner Health Products Inc.  On
May  22,  1992,  the  Company, through  LHP,  acquired  XCEL  Laboratories, Inc.
("XCEL"), an OTC pharmaceutical manufacturer (the "XCEL Acquisition"). Prior  to
the  LHP  Acquisition,  the  Company  did not  have  any  significant  assets or
liabilities and did not  engage in any activities  other than those incident  to
the formation of the Company and the LHP and XCEL Acquisitions. See "The Company
- --  History." The following table presents summary actual and combined financial
data derived  from  the  historical consolidated  financial  statements  of  the
Company for the periods subsequent to April 1992 and the Predecessor Company for
the periods prior to May 1992. The combined statement of operations data for the
year  ended March 31, 1993 was  derived from the audited historical consolidated
statement of operations  of the Company  for the eleven  months ended March  31,
1993  together with the audited  historical consolidated statement of operations
of the Predecessor Company for the month ended April 30, 1992. The LHP and  XCEL
Acquisitions  were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and new
bases  of  accounting  were  established  at  the  time  of  each   acquisition.
Accordingly,  the  results of  operations for  the  Predecessor Company  are not
comparable to the results of operations for the Company.
 
    The following table also presents summary pro forma statement of  operations
data  and summary pro forma balance sheet  data. The summary pro forma statement
of operations data for  the year ended  March 31, 1996 gives  effect to (i)  the
Recapitalization,  the issuance of  shares of Common Stock  offered hereby at an
assumed offering price of $15.00 per share and application of the estimated  net
proceeds  of  $68.3 million  as  provided under  "Use  of Proceeds"  as  if such
transactions occurred at the beginning of the year, (ii) the elimination of  the
long-lived asset impairment charge related to goodwill that arose as part of the
XCEL  Acquisition, (iii)  the elimination  of certain  management fees  that are
expected to be discontinued and (iv) the elimination of actual interest incurred
in respect of indebtedness under  the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter  defined)
and  the vendor revolving loan agreement.  The summary as adjusted balance sheet
data for March 31,  1996 gives effect to  the Recapitalization, the issuance  of
the shares of Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed offering price of $15.00
per  share and application of the estimated  net proceeds as provided under "Use
of Proceeds" as if such transactions occurred  on March 31, 1996. The pro  forma
financial  information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations or
the financial position of the Company that would have actually resulted had  the
events  referred to above or in the notes to the pro forma financial information
been consummated as of the date and for the period indicated and is not intended
to project the  Company's financial position  or results of  operations for  any
future  period. The consolidated  financial statements of  the Company and notes
thereto are hereinafter referred to as the "Consolidated Financial  Statements."
See  "Capitalization," "Pro  Forma Financial  Information" and  the Consolidated
Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      PREDECESSOR
                                                        COMPANY      COMBINED (1)               COMPANY
                                                    ---------------  -------------  -------------------------------
                                                                         YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                    ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1992            1993         1994       1995       1996
                                                    ---------------  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales.........................................     $ 140,063       $ 230,847    $ 303,629  $ 314,730  $ 338,417
Cost of sales.....................................        94,183         171,691      226,045    236,613    253,272
                                                    ---------------  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross profit......................................        45,880          59,156       77,584     78,117     85,145
Marketing, selling and distribution expenses......        26,081          33,306       43,056     42,400     44,228
General and administrative expenses...............        10,328          14,693       16,476     17,302     18,344
Charge for long-lived asset impairment (2)........        --              --           --         --          4,730
Amortization of goodwill..........................           323           1,419        1,551      1,586      1,585
Other charges (3).................................           958           3,981        2,367      1,044        482
                                                    ---------------  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income..................................         8,190           5,757       14,134     15,785     15,776
Interest expense, net.............................           915           5,791        6,974      9,010      9,924
                                                    ---------------  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes.................         7,275             (34)       7,160      6,775      5,852
Provision for income taxes........................         3,521             999        3,631      3,333      4,686
                                                    ---------------  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss).................................     $   3,754       $  (1,033)   $   3,529  $   3,442  $   1,166
                                                    ---------------  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                    ---------------  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA (4):
Net sales.........................................                                                        $ 338,417
Operating income..................................                                                           20,856
Net income........................................                                                            8,867
Net income per share (5)..........................
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
 (5)..............................................
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital...........................................................................  $  72,253   $  76,654
Goodwill, net.............................................................................     52,386      52,386
Total assets..............................................................................    251,314     254,584
Long-term debt............................................................................    102,151      51,077
Redeemable preferred stock................................................................     11,875      --
Total common shareholders' equity.........................................................     60,922     128,272
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1)  The combined statement of operations data for the year ended March 31, 1993
     represents the results of the Predecessor Company for the month ended April
     30, 1992 together  with the results  of the Company  for the eleven  months
     ended March 31, 1993.
 
(2)  During fiscal 1996, the Company decided to significantly reduce the size of
     its  liquid  OTC pharmaceuticals  manufacturing business.  Accordingly, the
     Company determined that certain long-lived assets with a carrying amount of
     $8,256,000 were  impaired  and  wrote  them down  by  $4,730,000  to  their
     estimated  fair values. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements
     contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
(3)  Other charges  for  the  year  ended March  31,  1992  consist  of  certain
     acquisition  related costs, including  fees and expenses  paid to financial
     advisors, legal advisors and others  related to the LHP Acquisition.  Other
     charges  for each of the years ended  March 31, 1993 through March 31, 1996
     include management fees paid to AEA during the respective periods that  are
     expected  to be discontinued.  Other charges also  include costs related to
     the LHP  Acquisition and  compensation  expense arising  from the  sale  of
     shares of Common Stock to management in connection with the LHP Acquisition
     in  the  year  ended March  31,  1993,  the write-off  of  deferred charges
     associated with the refinancing of the Company's revolving credit  facility
     in  the year ended March 31, 1994  and expenses incurred in connection with
     the proposed  public offering  in  the year  ended  March 31,  1995.  Other
     charges  in the years ended  March 31, 1994 through  March 31, 1996 include
     compensation expense arising from the granting of stock options. See  Notes
     6, 9 and 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained elsewhere in
     this Prospectus.
 
(4)  Does  not include  the charge  of $1.5 million  expected to  be incurred in
     connection with the termination of the management agreement with AEA.  Such
     amount is anticipated to be paid in fiscal 1997.
 
(5)  Pro  forma  net income  per share  is computed  using the  weighted average
     number of common  shares and  common share  equivalents outstanding  during
     fiscal  1996. Common share  equivalents result from  outstanding options to
     purchase common stock. Pursuant to  the requirements of the Securities  and
     Exchange  Commission, common shares issued by the Company during the twelve
     months immediately preceding the initial  public offering, plus the  number
     of  shares  issuable upon  exercise of  stock  options granted  during this
     period, have  been  included in  the  calculation  of the  shares  used  in
     computing  net income per share as if they were outstanding for all periods
     presented (using  the  treasury  stock  method  and  the  estimated  public
     offering  price in calculating equivalent shares). Pro forma net income per
     share also gives  effect to the  Recapitalization (as hereinafter  defined)
     and  the issuance of 5,000,000 shares of  Common Stock offered hereby as if
     such transactions had occurred at the beginning of fiscal 1996.
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS  OF  THE  SHARES OF  COMMON  STOCK  SHOULD CAREFULLY
CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH BELOW AS WELL AS THE OTHER INFORMATION SET  FORTH
IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS BEFORE  MAKING AN  INVESTMENT IN  THE COMMON  STOCK OFFERED
HEREBY.
 
EFFECT OF RESEARCH AND PUBLICITY ON VITAMIN PRODUCT BUSINESS
 
    The Company believes the growth experienced in the last several years by the
vitamin product business is based largely on national media attention  regarding
recent  scientific research  suggesting potential  health benefits  from regular
consumption of certain vitamin products. Various studies published since 1992 by
researchers at major universities have suggested an association between  regular
consumption  of vitamin products  such as E, C  and beta carotene (collectively,
"antioxidants") and a  reduced risk  of certain diseases.  In addition,  certain
other studies have reported that consumption of folic acid (a B vitamin) can aid
prevention  of heart  disease and neural  tube birth defects.  Such research has
been described in major medical  journals, magazines, newspapers and  television
programs.  However, certain recent studies relating to certain antioxidants have
produced results  contrary  to the  favorable  indications of  other  prior  and
subsequent studies. The scientific research to date is not conclusive, and there
can  be no assurance of future favorable scientific results and media attention,
or the absence of unfavorable or  inconsistent findings. In the event of  future
unfavorable scientific results or media attention, the sales of vitamin products
could be adversely affected.
 
POTENTIAL FOR INCREASED GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The   manufacturing,  processing,   formulation,  packaging,   labeling  and
advertising of the Company's products are  subject to regulation by one or  more
federal  agencies, including the United States Food and Drug Administration (the
"FDA"), the United States  Federal Trade Commission (the  "FTC") and the  United
States Consumer Product Safety Commission (the "CPSC"). The Company's activities
are  also regulated by various agencies  of the states, localities and countries
in which the Company's products are sold. In addition, the Company  manufactures
and   markets  certain  of  its  products  in  compliance  with  the  guidelines
promulgated by  voluntary  standard organizations,  such  as the  United  States
Pharmacopoeial Convention, Inc. ("USP").
 
    The  Dietary  Supplement  Health and  Education  Act of  1994  ("DSHEA") was
enacted on October 25, 1994. DSHEA  amends the Federal Food, Drug, and  Cosmetic
Act  to (i) define dietary supplements, (ii) improve the process for introducing
new dietary  ingredients,  (iii)  permit  "structure/function"  claims  for  all
vitamin  products, including herbal products  and other nutritional supplements,
and (iv) permit the use of published literature in the sale of vitamin products.
The FDA has  proposed, but  not yet  promulgated, regulations  to implement  the
labeling  requirements of  DSHEA. Since its  adoption, certain  aspects of DSHEA
have been subject  to criticism  as a result  of the  increased distribution  of
certain  products which have been linked  to harmful effects, including death. A
possible effect of such criticism may  be that regulations, when promulgated  by
the  FDA, may  significantly limit certain  beneficial provisions  of DSHEA. The
Company cannot determine what effect regulations promulgated to implement  DSHEA
will  have on  its business  in the future.  Such regulations  are likely, among
other things,  to  require expanded  or  different labeling  and  could  require
expanded  documentation  of the  properties of  certain products  and scientific
substantiation regarding  ingredients, product  claims  or safety.  The  Company
believes that it is in material compliance with all applicable laws.
 
    In   addition,  the  Company  cannot  predict  whether  new  legislation  or
regulation governing the  Company's activities  will be  enacted by  legislative
bodies  or promulgated by agencies regulating  the Company's activities, or what
the effect of any such legislation or regulation on the Company's business would
be. There can  be no  assurance that  new legislation  or regulation,  including
changes  to  existing  laws  and  regulations,  will  not  adversely  affect the
Company's results  of  operations  or  business.  See  "Business  --  Government
Regulation."
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
RELIANCE ON CERTAIN CUSTOMERS AND CERTAIN PRODUCTS
 
    The  Company has approximately 265 active  customers. Sales to the Company's
largest customer accounted for approximately 21% of the Company's net sales  for
fiscal  1996. The  Company's second  largest customer  accounted for  13% of the
Company's net sales for fiscal 1996. Each of the Company's other major customers
accounted for less  than 10% of  the Company's  net sales for  fiscal 1996.  The
Company's  top ten customers in the aggregate accounted for approximately 67% of
the Company's net  sales for  fiscal 1996.  Sales of vitamins  C and  E, in  the
aggregate,  accounted for approximately 33% of the Company's net sales in fiscal
1996. If several of  the Company's major  customers substantially reduced  their
volume  of  purchases from  the Company,  or if  sales  of vitamin  C or  E were
substantially reduced, the Company's results  of operations could be  materially
adversely affected.
 
REALIZATION OF BENEFITS AND IMPROVED OPERATING MARGINS FROM MANUFACTURING
PROGRAM
 
    Beginning  in  fiscal  1994,  the  Company  implemented  a  major facilities
consolidation, capacity  expansion  and  equipment  modernization  program  with
respect  to its  western U.S. facilities,  whereby the  Company consolidated its
western facilities into a smaller number  of larger units with modern  equipment
and  expanded capacity  for the  purpose of  realizing certain  cost savings and
manufacturing efficiencies.  Through  fiscal  1996,  the  Company  has  invested
approximately  $20.2 million  in the Manufacturing  Program and  $3.7 million in
modern equipment  for  its  midwestern U.S.  facilities.  The  Company  believes
further  cost  reduction  opportunities  exist with  respect  to  its midwestern
facilities and plans  to invest  up to  an additional  $10 million  in low  cost
manufacturing  equipment  and distribution  enhancements  with respect  to these
facilities. While  the  Company believes  that  the Manufacturing  Program  will
reduce  the  Company's manufacturing  and distribution  costs,  there can  be no
assurance that  the  expected cost  reductions  will  be realized  or  that  the
Manufacturing  Program will  result in  improved profit  margins. A significant,
unexpected disruption  during  the  expansion  of  the  Company's  Manufacturing
Program  to the  Company's midwestern facilities  could have  a material adverse
effect on the Company's results of operations.
 
POTENTIAL FOR INCREASED COMPETITION
 
    The market for  the Company's  products is highly  competitive. The  Company
competes  with other vitamin product and OTC pharmaceutical manufacturers. Among
other factors, competition among these manufacturers is based upon price. If one
or more manufacturers  significantly reduce their  prices in an  effort to  gain
market  share, the Company's  results of operations or  market position could be
adversely  affected.  Certain   of  the   Company's  competitors,   particularly
manufacturers  of nationally advertised brand name products, are larger and have
resources substantially greater than those of the Company. In the future, one or
more of these companies could seek to compete more directly with the Company  by
manufacturing  private label products or by significantly lowering the prices of
their national brand products.
 
    The Company sells substantially all of  its vitamin products to mass  market
retailers. Although the Company does not currently participate in other channels
such as health food stores, direct mail and direct sales, the Company's products
may  face competition from  such alternative channels  as more customers utilize
these channels  of distribution  to obtain  vitamin products.  See "Business  --
Competition."
 
RELIANCE ON CERTAIN SUPPLIERS; AVAILABILITY AND COST OF PURCHASED MATERIALS
 
    The   Company  purchases  from  third   party  suppliers  certain  important
ingredients and  products  that the  Company  cannot manufacture.  Although  the
Company  currently  has  supply  arrangements with  several  suppliers  of these
ingredients and products, an unexpected  interruption of supply could cause  the
Company's results of operations to be adversely affected. Two suppliers provided
approximately  15% and 12%,  respectively, of the  Company's materials purchased
during fiscal 1996;  however, the  Company's purchased  materials are  generally
available from numerous sources. No other single supplier accounts for more than
10% of the Company's material purchases.
 
    The  Company has  not always  in the past  been, and  may not  in the future
always be,  able  to  raise prices  quickly  enough  to offset  the  effects  of
increased purchased material costs.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
POSSIBILITY OF TRADE DRESS CLAIMS
 
    The Company designs the packaging of certain of its branded products and its
customers'  private label  products to  communicate to  consumers which national
brand product is comparable to the product manufactured by the Company. Although
the Company  designs its  packaging  to avoid  infringing upon  any  proprietary
rights  of national brand marketers and is  not the subject of any legal actions
regarding infringement, there can be no  assurance that the Company will not  be
subject to such legal actions in the future.
 
LEVERAGE AND RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS
 
    The  Company  incurred  substantial  indebtedness  in  connection  with  the
acquisitions of LHP and XCEL and will remain leveraged after the Offering. After
giving effect  to  the  application of  the  net  proceeds of  the  Offering  as
discussed in "Use of Proceeds," the Company would have had outstanding, at March
31,  1996,  no indebtedness  under LHP's  bank  revolving credit  agreement (the
"Credit  Agreement"),  which  expires  on  June  30,  1998,  $45.0  million   of
indebtedness  under a note agreement (the  "Senior Note Agreement") with respect
to LHP's senior notes  (the "Senior Notes")  maturing on April  30, 2002 and  an
aggregate  of  approximately $8.1  million  of additional  indebtedness.  LHP is
required to make principal payments on the Senior Notes of $11.3 million on each
of April 30, 1999, 2000, 2001 and 2002. The Company would have had, at March 31,
1996, on  a  pro  forma basis  after  giving  effect to  the  Offering  and  the
application  of the net proceeds thereof, a  consolidated ratio of debt to total
capital of 0.41 to  1 and borrowing availability  under the Credit Agreement  of
$55.0  million. The  Credit Agreement and  the Senior Notes  are guaranteed (the
"Guarantee") by  PLI Holdings  Inc.,  the Company's  sole subsidiary  (itself  a
holding  company) ("Holdings"),  and are  secured by  a pledge  of LHP's capital
stock. The Credit Agreement  and the Senior  Note Agreement contain  restrictive
financial  and  operating covenants  and  prohibitions. LHP's  leverage  and the
restrictions under the Credit Agreement and the Senior Note Agreement require  a
substantial  portion  of  LHP's  cash  flow  to  be  dedicated  to  service  its
indebtedness, may  impair LHP's  ability to  finance its  future operations  and
capital  needs and may limit the Company's flexibility in responding to changing
business and economic conditions and to business opportunities.
 
    The Company is a holding company with no operations or assets other than the
stock of LHP, which the Company holds indirectly through Holdings. As a  result,
the  Company's ability to  pay dividends on  its Common Stock  will be dependent
upon the  ability of  LHP  and Holdings  to pay  cash  dividends or  make  other
distributions. The Credit Agreement, the Senior Note Agreement and the Guarantee
contain  provisions that currently prohibit LHP  and Holdings from declaring and
paying cash dividends and  other distributions to holders  of Common Stock.  The
Company  does not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. See "Use of
Proceeds," "Dividend  Policy,"  "Capitalization"  and  "Description  of  Certain
Indebtedness."
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    This  Prospectus contains certain  forward-looking statements concerning the
Company's operations, economic performance  and financial condition,  including,
among  other  things, the  Company's growth  strategies  and the  integration of
elements of the  Manufacturing Program into  the Company's existing  operations.
These  statements are  based on  the Company's  expectations and  are subject to
various risks and  uncertainties. Actual  results could  differ materially  from
those  currently  anticipated  due  to  a  number  of  factors,  including those
identified under this "Risk Factors" section and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
LITIGATION INVOLVING PRODUCTS CONTAINING L-TRYPTOPHAN
 
    Like many manufacturers, distributors, suppliers, importers and retailers of
L-Tryptophan or products containing L-Tryptophan, the Company has been named  as
a  defendant in lawsuits brought in federal or state courts seeking compensatory
and, in some  cases, punitive  damages for alleged  personal injuries  resulting
from  the ingestion of  certain products containing L-Tryptophan.  As of May 13,
1996,  the  Company  and/or  certain  of   its  customers  had  been  named   in
approximately  650 such lawsuits, of which  approximately 640 have been settled.
As a  result  of  a  defense  and indemnification  agreement  with  one  of  its
suppliers, to date the Company has not been required to make any payments toward
the  cost of defense or settlement of any of these lawsuits. While management of
the Company, after consultation with counsel,  does not expect that the  Company
will be required to make any material payments in connection with the resolution
of any
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
remaining  cases by virtue  of the defense  and indemnification agreement, there
can be no assurance that the Company will not be required to make such a payment
or that more cases will  not be brought against the  Company in the future.  See
"Business -- Legal Proceedings and Product Liability."
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    After  the Offering, it is expected that  a public market will exist for the
Common  Stock,  thus   providing  liquidity   for  the   holdings  of   existing
stockholders.  Substantially all of the shares  of Common Stock held by existing
stockholders will be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 after the  Offering.
Certain  existing stockholders  have registration  rights with  respect to these
shares of Common Stock. The exercise  by certain existing stockholders of  their
registration  rights or the sales of substantial  amounts of Common Stock in the
public market after the Offering pursuant  to Rule 144 under the Securities  Act
of  1933, as  amended, or  otherwise, or  the perception  that such  sales could
occur, may adversely  affect prevailing market  prices of the  Common Stock  and
could  impair the Company's future ability  to raise capital through an offering
of its equity  securities. The Company  and each of  its stockholders,  however,
have  agreed not to  offer, sell, contract  to sell or  otherwise dispose of any
shares of Common  Stock, or any  securities convertible into  or exercisable  or
exchangeable  for Common Stock, for a period of  180 days after the date of this
Prospectus without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner  &
Smith  Incorporated,  on  behalf  of the  representatives  of  the Underwriters,
subject to certain exceptions. See "Principal Stockholders" and "Shares Eligible
for Future Sale."
 
DILUTION OF PURCHASERS OF SHARES
 
    Persons  purchasing  shares  of  Common  Stock  will  incur  immediate   and
substantial dilution in net tangible book value per share. See "Dilution."
 
ABSENCE OF PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
Although the Company intends to apply for listing of the Common Stock on the New
York  Stock Exchange  (the "NYSE"),  there can  be no  assurance that  an active
trading market in  the Common Stock  will develop. The  initial public  offering
price  per share will be  determined by negotiation between  the Company and the
Underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price for the Common  Stock
following the Offering. See "Underwriting."
 
RESTRICTIONS ON CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
    A change of control of the Company will result in a default under the Credit
Agreement  and obligate  the Company  to redeem  the Senior  Notes (with accrued
interest and a premium) of any holder  of Senior Notes that does not consent  to
the change of control. Under the Credit Agreement and the Senior Note Agreement,
a  change of control is defined to mean,  among other things, any event in which
(1) any entity  or group of  related entities,  other than AEA,  its current  or
future  employees, shareholders, directors and  officers (collectively, the "AEA
Persons") (i) gains, or enters into any agreement with the Company or any of its
direct or  indirect shareholders  pursuant  to which  such  entity or  group  of
related  entities  will  gain,  beneficial  ownership  of  30%  or  more  of the
outstanding voting stock of the Company after an initial public offering of  the
common  stock of the Company  as a result of  which the AEA Persons beneficially
own less than  a majority in  interest of  the outstanding voting  stock of  the
Company; or (ii) constitutes a majority of the board of directors of the Company
at a time when the AEA Persons beneficially own less than a majority in interest
of  the outstanding voting stock  of either the Company  or (2) an entity, other
than an  entity controlled  by the  AEA  Persons, acquires  or enters  into  any
agreement  to acquire all  or substantially all  of the assets  of Leiner Health
Products Group Inc., Holdings or LHP. The  Offering will not result in a  change
of  control under either the Credit Agreement  or the Senior Note Agreement. See
"Description of Certain Indebtedness."
 
    The Company's bylaws contain provisions  that could make more difficult  the
acquisition  of  the  Company by  means  of  a tender  offer,  proxy  contest or
otherwise. These provisions include  advance notice procedures for  stockholders
to  nominate  candidates  for  election  as directors  of  the  Company  and for
stockholders to submit proposals for consideration at stockholders' meetings. In
addition, the  Company  is  subject  to section  203  of  the  Delaware  General
Corporation  Law (the "DGCL"), which limits transactions between a publicly held
company  and  "interested  stockholders"  (generally  those  stockholders   who,
together
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
with  their  affiliates  and  associates,  own  15%  or  more  of  the Company's
outstanding capital stock). This provision of the DGCL also may have the  effect
of  deterring certain potential acquisitions of the Company. See "Description of
Capital Stock."
 
    A change of control of the Company will accelerate the vesting of options of
the Company issued to management.
 
RELIANCE ON KEY MANAGEMENT
 
    The operation of the Company requires managerial and operational  expertise.
The  Company  does  not have  employment  contracts  with any  of  its executive
officers. If, for any reason, key personnel do not continue to be active in  the
Company's   management,  operations  could  be  adversely  affected.  After  the
Offering, the  Company's executive  officers  will own,  as  a group,  at  least
        shares  of  Common Stock  of the  Company and  have options  to purchase
approximately         additional shares of Common Stock, representing on a fully
diluted basis  a            %  aggregate  ownership interest  in  the  Company's
shareholders' equity.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
GENERAL
 
    Leiner  is  the  nation's  largest  manufacturer  and  marketer  of  vitamin
products. Leiner markets over 320 vitamin products in more than 4,600 SKUs.  The
Company estimates that it has a 50% share of private label sales (three times as
large  as its  largest competitor)  and a 20%  share of  overall vitamin product
sales through mass market retailers in the United States. Vitamin product  sales
represent approximately 79% of the Company's net sales.
 
    The  Company's vitamin products are sold in  all 50 states through more than
50,000 retail outlets.  The Company's  vitamin product  customers are  primarily
mass  market retailers  and include the  country's 20 largest  drug store chains
(including Walgreen, American Stores,  Eckerd, CVS, Rite-Aid  and Revco), 18  of
the  20 largest supermarket chains  (including Safeway, Winn-Dixie, Albertson's,
A&P and  Lucky Stores),  the  10 largest  mass merchandising  chains  (including
Wal-Mart,  Target, Kmart and Venture) and  the two largest warehouse club chains
(Sam's and  PriceCostco)  (such  retailer categories  are  referred  to  herein,
collectively,  as "mass  market"). The  Company's vitamin  products are  sold as
private   label   products,   as   well   as   under   its   own   brand,   Your
Life-Registered  Trademark-,  one  of  the  nation's  leading  broadline vitamin
brands. The Company estimates  that private label  vitamin products account  for
approximately  38% of total  vitamin product sales by  mass market retailers and
account for approximately 59% of Leiner's total net sales.
 
    By leveraging its strengths and  resources in vitamin product  manufacturing
and   distribution,  Leiner  has  also  become   one  of  the  nation's  largest
manufacturers and  marketers  of  private label  OTC  pharmaceuticals,  such  as
analgesics,  cough and cold remedies and digestive aids. Leiner markets over 100
OTC pharmaceutical  products in  approximately  1,600 SKUs.  OTC  pharmaceutical
sales  represent approximately 17% of the Company's net sales. The Company's OTC
pharmaceuticals are  sold  as  private  label products  as  well  as  under  the
Company's Pharmacist Formula-Registered Trademark- brand.
 
HISTORY
 
    The Company is the ultimate successor to the vitamin division of P. Leiner &
Sons  America, which division was founded in 1973. In 1979, the vitamin division
was purchased by management and Booker plc ("Booker").
 
    The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 1987
by AEA. In  October 1991, Booker,  the majority shareholder  of the  Predecessor
Company,  resolved  to sell  its  holdings in  the  Predecessor Company  (then a
publicly  traded  company).  Shortly   thereafter,  the  Company,  viewing   the
Predecessor  Company  as an  attractive investment  opportunity, entered  into a
merger agreement to acquire the Predecessor Company. On May 4, 1992, the Company
acquired the Predecessor Company.  The Predecessor Company subsequently  changed
its name to Leiner Health Products Inc.
 
    The  LHP  Acquisition  was arranged  by  AEA, working  together  with senior
management of the Company. The total purchase price for the LHP Acquisition  was
approximately  $90.9 million and was funded by  the issuance of common stock for
$42.7 million, the issuance of the Senior Notes for $45.0 million, $0.5  million
drawn  under a revolving bank credit facility  and $2.7 million of assumed debt.
As a  result  of  the LHP  Acquisition,  the  long-term debt  supported  by  the
operations  of the Predecessor Company  increased from approximately $14 million
to $45 million, resulting in a significantly increased cost of debt service.
 
    Prior to  the LHP  Acquisition, the  Company did  not have  any  significant
assets  or liabilities  and did  not engage in  any activities  other than those
incident to  the formation  of the  Company, the  LHP Acquisition  and the  XCEL
Acquisition described below. The Company is a holding company with no operations
or  assets other than the stock of LHP.  The Company holds its LHP stock through
the Company's sole direct  subsidiary, Holdings, itself  a holding company.  See
"Certain  Transactions,"  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Acquisitions" and "Description of Certain
Indebtedness."
 
    On May 22, 1992, the Company,  through LHP, acquired privately held XCEL,  a
major  private label OTC pharmaceutical manufacturer, for a total purchase price
of approximately $24.7 million (including debt
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
incurred and assumed), plus contingent earn-out payments that are available only
through fiscal 1997 and that  the Company does not  expect will be payable  (the
"XCEL  Acquisition"). The contingent earn-out  payments (and only such payments)
may be used to exercise certain options to purchase common stock of the Company,
which options were granted  in connection with the  XCEL Acquisition (the  "XCEL
Earn-Out  Options").  See  Note  9  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements
contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
    Substantially all of the outstanding capital  stock of the Company is  owned
by  AEA,  its  current  and  former  management  and  its  shareholder-investors
(collectively, the  "AEA  Participants")  and management  of  the  Company  (the
"Management  Investors").  After  the  Offering, the  AEA  Participants  and the
Management Investors will own approximately    % and    %, respectively, of  the
shares of Common Stock, taking into account outstanding management stock options
(    % and     %, respectively,  if the  Underwriters' over-allotment  option is
exercised in full).  The Offering does  not include  the sale of  any shares  of
Common Stock by existing shareholders of the Company.
 
    On  May 4, 1994, the  Company's name was changed  from PLI Investors Inc. to
Leiner Health Products Group Inc. The principal executive offices of the Company
are located at  901 East 233rd  Street, Carson, California  90745-6204, and  the
telephone number is (310) 835-8400.
 
RECAPITALIZATION
 
    In  connection with and  subject to completion of  the Offering, the Company
will effect a common  stock conversion and a  common stock split  (collectively,
the  "Recapitalization"). Prior to  the Recapitalization, the  Company had three
classes of common  stock outstanding. Immediately  prior to the  closing of  the
Offering,  all outstanding shares  of such common  stock will be  converted to a
single class of common stock on a one-for-one basis, and the outstanding  shares
of common stock will be adjusted for a     -for-1 stock split, resulting in
shares  of  Common  Stock outstanding  immediately  prior to  the  Offering. The
Company will  apply a  portion of  the net  proceeds of  the Offering  to  repay
certain  indebtedness and to  redeem all of its  Redeemable Preferred Stock. See
"Use of Proceeds."
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net  proceeds  to be  received  by the  Company  from the  Offering  are
estimated  to be approximately $68.3 million (approximately $78.7 million if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised  in full), assuming an  initial
public  offering  price of  $15.00 per  share  and after  deducting underwriting
discounts and  commissions  and  estimated  offering  expenses  payable  by  the
Company.
 
    The Company intends to use the net proceeds it receives from the Offering as
follows: (i) to repay approximately $51.6 million of outstanding indebtedness of
the  Company,  including under  (a)  the Credit  Agreement  (approximately $43.3
million, including accrued interest) and (b) the vendor revolving loan agreement
(approximately $8.3 million, including accrued interest), (ii) to redeem all  of
the  outstanding  shares  of the  Company's  13% payment  in  kind, exchangeable
redeemable series A  preferred stock (the  "Redeemable Preferred Stock"),  which
are  owned  by  AEA  for  an aggregate  amount  of  approximately  $11.9 million
(including accrued dividends)  and (iii) to  pay to  AEA a $1.5  million fee  in
connection  with the termination  of its management  agreement with the Company.
See "Description  of  Certain  Indebtedness"  and  "Certain  Transactions."  The
balance  of  approximately  $3.3  million will  be  used  for  general corporate
purposes. Following the  repayment of indebtedness  under the Credit  Agreement,
$55  million will be  available for reborrowing  for general corporate purposes,
including among other  things, continued  investment in  low cost  manufacturing
equipment and distribution enhancements.
 
    On  March 31, 1996, $42.8 million was outstanding under the Credit Agreement
and the  weighted average  interest  rate on  the  borrowings under  the  Credit
Agreement  was 8.2%. The Credit Agreement matures on June 30, 1998. On March 31,
1996, $8.3 million was outstanding under the vendor revolving loan agreement and
the interest rate  on the borrowings  under the agreement  was 5.5%. The  vendor
revolving loan agreement matures on May 31, 1997. The Redeemable Preferred Stock
pays cumulative dividends at a rate of 13% per annum.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    Since the LHP Acquisition, the Company has not declared or paid dividends on
its  common  stock. The  Company  does not  anticipate  paying dividends  in the
foreseeable future. As  a holding  company, the ability  of the  Company to  pay
dividends  will depend on  the receipt of  dividends or other  payments from the
Company's subsidiaries.  The Credit  Agreement, the  Senior Note  Agreement  and
related guarantees currently prohibit LHP and Holdings from declaring and paying
cash  dividends  and  other  distributions  to  holders  of  Common  Stock.  See
"Description of Certain Indebtedness." Any determinations to pay cash  dividends
in  the  future will  be  dependent upon  the  Company's results  of operations,
financial condition, contractual and legal restrictions and other factors deemed
relevant at that time by the Company's board of directors.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
    At March 31, 1996, the net tangible book value of the Company (total  assets
less  intangible assets, total liabilities  and outstanding preferred stock) was
$8.5 million or $    per  share of Common Stock, determined by dividing the  net
tangible  book value  of the  Company by  the number  of shares  of Common Stock
outstanding at March 31, 1996.
 
    After giving effect, at March  31, 1996, to the sale  by the Company of  the
shares  of Common Stock  in the Offering  at an assumed  initial public offering
price of $15.00 per share and the  use of the net proceeds thereof as  described
in  "Use of Proceeds", but without adjustment for any other change subsequent to
such date, the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company would have  been
approximately  $75.9 million, or $    per share of Common Stock. This represents
an immediate increase in  net tangible book value  of $     per share of  Common
Stock  to existing  common stockholders and  an immediate dilution  of $     per
share of Common Stock to new investors. The following table illustrates this per
share dilution:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share................             $   15.00
Net tangible book value per share at March 31, 1996............
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to
 the Offering..................................................
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the
 Offering......................................................
Dilution per share to new investors in the Offering............
</TABLE>
 
    The following table sets forth, on a  pro forma basis as of March 31,  1996,
after giving effect to the Recapitalization, the total consideration paid to the
Company  by the existing  stockholders, the total consideration  paid by the new
investors purchasing Common  Stock in  the Offering  and the  average price  per
share  paid by  the existing  stockholders and  by the  new investors purchasing
Common Stock in the Offering (based on an assumed initial public offering  price
of $15.00 per share).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    NUMBER OF SHARES         AMOUNT OF TOTAL
                                                       PURCHASED              CONSIDERATION         AVERAGE
                                                 ----------------------  -----------------------     PRICE
                                                  NUMBER      PERCENT      AMOUNT      PERCENT     PER SHARE
                                                 ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                              <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
                                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT FOR PERCENTAGE AND PER SHARE DATA)
Existing stockholders..........................                      %   $   52,733       41.3%    $
New investors in the Offering..................      5,000                   75,000       58.7         15.00
                                                 ---------      -----    ----------      -----    -----------
    Total......................................                 100.0%   $  127,733      100.0%    $
                                                 ---------      -----    ----------      -----    -----------
                                                 ---------      -----    ----------      -----    -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The  foregoing  tables  assume no  exercise  of any  outstanding  options to
purchase Common  Stock. At  March 31,  1996, there  were outstanding  management
options  to purchase      shares of Common Stock  at a weighted average exercise
price of $      per share. See  "Management -- Stock  Option Plan" and  "Certain
Transactions."  In addition, the table assumes  no exercise of the XCEL Earn-Out
Options, which are not currently exercisable. See "The Company -- History."
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth the actual consolidated capitalization of the
Company at March 31, 1996 and the as adjusted consolidated capitalization of the
Company at March  31, 1996, both  of which are  adjusted to give  effect to  the
Recapitalization.  In addition, as adjusted amounts  are adjusted to reflect (i)
the sale of 5,000,000 shares of Common  Stock pursuant to the Offering and  (ii)
the  application of the estimated  net proceeds of the  Offering as described in
"Use of Proceeds." The information presented below should be read in conjunction
with the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  the  related  notes  thereto
contained elsewhere in this Prospectus and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                           -----------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
                                                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS,
                                                                                           EXCEPT PAR VALUE DATA)
<S>                                                                                        <C>         <C>
Current portion of long-term debt........................................................  $    2,023   $   2,023
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
Long-term debt, excluding current portion:
  Credit Agreement (1)...................................................................  $   42,803   $  --
  Senior Note Agreement..................................................................      45,000      45,000
  Other..................................................................................      14,348       6,077
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
    Total long-term debt, excluding current portion......................................     102,151      51,077
Redeemable preferred stock:
  Authorized shares -- 30,000 actual, none as adjusted
  Issued and outstanding shares -- 12,728 actual, none as adjusted (2)...................      11,875      --
Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value:
    Authorized shares -- none actual,     as adjusted
    Issued and outstanding shares -- none actual, none as adjusted.......................      --          --
  Common stock, $.01 par value:
    Authorized shares --     actual,     as adjusted
    Issued and outstanding shares --     actual,     as adjusted (3).....................           7
  Capital in excess of par value.........................................................      54,347
  Retained earnings......................................................................       6,568       6,568
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
    Total shareholders' equity...........................................................      60,922     128,272
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
      Total capitalization...............................................................  $  174,948   $ 179,349
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
                                                                                           ----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
(1) As  of  March 31,  1996, actual  and  as adjusted  amounts available  to the
    Company pursuant to  the terms  of the Credit  Agreement were  approximately
    $12.2 million and $55.0 million, respectively.
 
(2) The  Redeemable Preferred Stock accumulates dividends at the rate of 13% per
    annum and is redeemable at $900 per share.
 
(3) Does not include      shares of Common  Stock issuable upon the exercise  of
    outstanding  management  stock options  having  a weighted  average exercise
    price of $    per share and does not include certain other options issued in
    connection with the  XCEL Acquisition. As  of the date  of this  Prospectus,
        shares  are issuable pursuant to  currently exercisable management stock
    options and no options issued in connection with the acquisition of XCEL are
    exercisable. See  "Management"  and Note  9  to the  Company's  Consolidated
    Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                        PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The  following  unaudited  pro  forma  condensed  financial  information was
derived from the historical financial data of the Company contained elsewhere in
this Prospectus. The pro forma statement of operations for the year ended  March
31, 1996 gives effect to (i) the Recapitalization, the issuance of the shares of
Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed offering price of $15.00 per share and
the  application  of  the  estimated  net proceeds  as  provided  under  "Use of
Proceeds" as if such  transactions occurred at the  beginning of the year,  (ii)
the  elimination of the  long-lived asset impairment  charge related to goodwill
that arose as  part of the  XCEL Acquisition, (iii)  the elimination of  certain
management fees that are expected to be discontinued and (iv) the elimination of
actual  interest incurred in respect of  indebtedness under the Credit Agreement
and the vendor revolving loan agreement.  The pro forma condensed balance  sheet
at  March 31,  1996 gives  effect to the  Recapitalization, the  issuance of the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby  and the application of the estimated  net
proceeds  as provided under  "Use of Proceeds,"  as if the  Offering occurred on
March 31, 1996.
 
    The pro forma financial information does not necessarily reflect the results
of operations or the financial position of the Company which would have actually
resulted had the  events referred  to above  or in the  notes to  the pro  forma
financial  information  been  consummated as  of  the  date and  for  the period
indicated and is  not intended to  project the Company's  financial position  or
results of operations for any future period. The pro forma financial information
should  be  read in  conjunction  with the  notes  thereto and  the Consolidated
Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                       PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                            ACTUAL     ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA(5)
                                                                          ----------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                       <C>         <C>            <C>
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Net sales...............................................................  $  338,417                  $   338,417
Cost of sales...........................................................     253,272                      253,272
                                                                          ----------                 -------------
Gross profit............................................................      85,145                       85,145
Marketing, selling and distribution expenses............................      44,228                       44,228
General and administrative expenses.....................................      18,344                       18,344
Charge for long-lived asset impairment..................................       4,730  $   (4,730)(1)      --
Amortization of goodwill................................................       1,585                        1,585
Other charges...........................................................         482        (350)(1)          132
                                                                          ----------                 -------------
Operating income........................................................      15,776                       20,856
Interest expense, net...................................................       9,924      (4,601)(2)        5,323
                                                                          ----------                 -------------
Income before income taxes..............................................       5,852                       15,533
Provision for income taxes..............................................       4,686       1,980(3)         6,666
                                                                          ----------  -------------  -------------
Net income..............................................................  $    1,166  $    7,701      $     8,867
                                                                          ----------  -------------  -------------
                                                                          ----------  -------------  -------------
Net income per share (4)................................................
Weighted average number of shares outstanding (4).......................
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
(1) To eliminate (i) the long-lived asset impairment charge related to  goodwill
    that  arose as part of the XCEL Acquisition and (ii) management fees paid to
    AEA that are expected to be discontinued.
 
(2) To eliminate actual  interest expense  incurred in  respect of  indebtedness
    under  the Credit  Agreement and the  vendor revolving loan  agreement to be
    repaid using a portion of  the net proceeds of  the Offering as provided  in
    "Use of Proceeds."
 
(3) To record the income tax effect, at a combined federal and state tax rate of
    40%,  of  the  pro  forma  adjustments,  except  for  the  long-lived  asset
    impairment charge, which is not deductible for income tax purposes.
 
(4) Pro forma  net income  per share  is computed,  after giving  effect to  the
    Recapitalization,  using the  weighted average  number of  common shares and
    common share  equivalents  outstanding  during  fiscal  1996.  Common  share
    equivalents  result  from  outstanding  options  to  purchase  common stock.
    Pursuant to  the requirements  of the  Securities and  Exchange  Commission,
    common  shares issued  by the Company  during the  twelve months immediately
    preceding the initial public  offering, plus the  number of shares  issuable
    upon  exercise  of  stock  options granted  during  this  period,  have been
    included in the calculation  of the shares used  in computing pro forma  net
    income  per  share as  if they  were outstanding  for all  periods presented
    (using the treasury stock method and the estimated public offering price  in
    calculating  equivalent shares). Pro  forma net income  per share also gives
    effect to the issuance of 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby as
    if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of fiscal 1996.
 
(5) The pro forma statement  of operations does not  include the charge of  $1.5
    million  expected to be  incurred in connection with  the termination of the
    management agreement with  AEA. Such  amount is  anticipated to  be paid  in
    fiscal 1997.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                       PRO FORMA CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                            --------------------------------------
                                                                              ACTUAL     ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                                                            ----------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                                                         <C>         <C>            <C>
                                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
ASSETS
Current assets............................................................  $  145,302  $   68,250(1)   $ 148,572
                                                                                           (51,605)(2)
                                                                                           (11,875)(3)
                                                                                            (1,500)(4)
Property, plant and equipment, net........................................      41,864                     41,864
Goodwill, net.............................................................      52,386                     52,386
Other noncurrent assets...................................................      11,762                     11,762
                                                                            ----------  -------------  -----------
    Total assets..........................................................  $  251,314  $    3,270      $ 254,584
                                                                            ----------  -------------  -----------
                                                                            ----------  -------------  -----------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current portion of long-term debt.........................................  $    2,023       --         $   2,023
Other current liabilities.................................................      71,026  $     (531)(2)     69,895
                                                                                              (600)(4)
                                                                            ----------                 -----------
    Total current liabilities.............................................      73,049                     71,918
Long-term debt............................................................     102,151     (51,074)(2)     51,077
Deferred income taxes.....................................................       2,202                      2,202
Other noncurrent liabilities..............................................       1,115                      1,115
Redeemable preferred stock................................................      11,875     (11,875)(3)     --
Common shareholders' equity...............................................      60,922      68,250(1)     128,272
                                                                                              (900)(4)
                                                                            ----------  -------------  -----------
    Total liabilities and shareholders' equity............................  $  251,314  $    3,270      $ 254,584
                                                                            ----------  -------------  -----------
                                                                            ----------  -------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
(1) Reflects the estimated net proceeds from the Offering as provided in "Use of
    Proceeds."
 
(2) Reflects  the repayment of  indebtedness under the  Credit Agreement and the
    vendor revolving  loan  agreement  together with  related  accrued  interest
    thereon with a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering.
 
(3) Reflects  the  payment for  redemption  of the  Redeemable  Preferred Stock,
    including accrued dividends of approximately $496,000 as of March 31, 1996.
 
(4) Reflects the  payment of  $1.5 million  for the  expected termination  of  a
    management agreement with AEA, net of related income tax effect.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  following table  presents selected consolidated  financial data derived
from the historical  consolidated financial  statements of the  Company for  the
periods  subsequent to the LHP Acquisition (which  occurred in May 1992) and the
Predecessor Company  for the  periods  prior to  the  LHP Acquisition.  The  LHP
Acquisition  and  the XCEL  Acquisition were  accounted  for under  the purchase
method of accounting and new bases of accounting were established at the time of
each  such  acquisition.  Accordingly,  the   results  of  operations  for   the
Predecessor  Company are  not comparable  to the  results of  operations for the
Company.  See  "Capitalization,"  "Management's   Discussion  and  Analysis   of
Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations," and the Consolidated Financial
Statements and related notes thereto contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PREDECESSOR
                                                       COMPANY    COMBINED (1)              COMPANY
                                                     -----------  ------------  -------------------------------
                                                                        YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1992          1993        1994       1995       1996
                                                     -----------  ------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
Net sales..........................................   $ 140,063    $  230,847   $ 303,629  $ 314,730  $ 338,417
Cost of sales......................................      94,183       171,691     226,045    236,613    253,272
                                                     -----------  ------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross profit.......................................      45,880        59,156      77,584     78,117     85,145
Marketing, selling and distribution expenses.......      26,081        33,306      43,056     42,400     44,228
General and administrative expenses................      10,328        14,693      16,476     17,302     18,344
Charge for long-lived asset impairment (2).........      --            --          --         --          4,730
Amortization of goodwill...........................         323         1,419       1,551      1,586      1,585
Other charges (3)..................................         958         3,981       2,367      1,044        482
                                                     -----------  ------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income...................................       8,190         5,757      14,134     15,785     15,776
Interest expense, net..............................         915         5,791       6,974      9,010      9,924
                                                     -----------  ------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes..................       7,275           (34)      7,160      6,775      5,852
Provision for income taxes.........................       3,521           999       3,631      3,333      4,686
                                                     -----------  ------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income (loss)..................................   $   3,754    $   (1,033)  $   3,529  $   3,442  $   1,166
                                                     -----------  ------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                     -----------  ------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
BALANCE SHEET DATA (4):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PREDECESSOR
                                                       COMPANY                       COMPANY
                                                     -----------  ---------------------------------------------
                                                                             MARCH 31,
                                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1992          1993        1994       1995       1996
                                                     -----------  ------------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
Working capital....................................   $  35,695    $   49,458   $  63,595  $  61,690  $  72,253
Goodwill, net......................................       7,511        60,467      60,239     58,698     52,386
Total assets.......................................      88,747       200,291     244,781    257,361    251,314
Long-term debt.....................................       8,717        72,599      95,249    102,572    102,151
Redeemable preferred stock.........................      --            --           9,293     10,490     11,875
Total common shareholders' equity..................      45,280        54,840      58,634     61,011     60,922
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------
(1) The combined statement of operations data for the year ended March 31,  1993
    represents  the results  of operations  of the  Predecessor Company  for the
    month ended April 30,  1992 together with the  results of operations of  the
    Company for the eleven months ended March 31, 1993.
 
(2) During  fiscal 1996, the Company decided to significantly reduce the size of
    its liquid  OTC  pharmaceutical  manufacturing  business.  Accordingly,  the
    Company  determined that certain long-lived assets with a carrying amount of
    $8,256,000 were  impaired  and  wrote  them  down  by  $4,730,000  to  their
    estimated  fair value. See  Note 3 to  the Consolidated Financial Statements
    contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
(3) Other charges  for  the  year  ended  March  31,  1992  consist  of  certain
    acquisition  related costs,  including fees  and expenses  paid to financial
    advisors, legal advisors and  others related to  the LHP Acquisition.  Other
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
    charges  for each of the  years ended March 31,  1993 through March 31, 1996
    include management fees paid to AEA  during the respective periods that  are
    expected to be discontinued. Other charges also include costs related to the
    LHP  Acquisition and compensation expense arising from the sale of shares of
    Common Stock to  management in connection  with the LHP  Acquisition in  the
    year ended March 31, 1993, the write-off of deferred charges associated with
    the refinancing of the Company's revolving credit facility in the year ended
    March  31, 1994 and expenses incurred in connection with the proposed public
    offering in the year ended March 31, 1995. Other charges in the years  ended
    March  31, 1994 through  1996 include compensation  expense arising from the
    granting of  stock  options. See  Notes  6, 9  and  11 to  the  Consolidated
    Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
(4) As  of May 4,  1992, the Company  acquired all of  the outstanding shares of
    stock of the Predecessor Company and merged the Predecessor Company into the
    Company. The balance sheet data reflect the effects of the allocation of the
    purchase price to the net assets  acquired, on the basis of their  estimated
    fair  values at the  date of the  acquisition. The data  with respect to the
    Predecessor Company (prior to the acquisition  by the Company) are based  on
    historical  consolidated  financial statements  of the  Predecessor Company,
    which reflect the Predecessor Company's historical cost basis in its  assets
    and liabilities.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following discussion of the Company's financial condition and results of
operations  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  Consolidated Financial
Statements contained elsewhere  in this  Prospectus. The  Company's fiscal  year
ends on March 31 of each year. References herein to a "fiscal" year refer to the
Company's  fiscal  year ended  March 31  in the  calendar year  indicated (e.g.,
references to fiscal  1996 are  references to  the Company's  fiscal year  ended
March 31, 1996).
 
ACQUISITIONS
 
    The  LHP Acquisition, arranged by AEA  working with senior management of the
Company,  was  consummated  on  May  4,  1992.  The  total  purchase  price  was
approximately  $90.9 million, including  debt incurred and  assumed. The Company
acquired  privately  held  XCEL,  a  major  private  label  OTC   pharmaceutical
manufacturer, on May 22, 1992, for a total purchase price of $24.7 million, plus
contingent  earn-out payments not  to exceed $2.5 million  in the aggregate. The
XCEL Acquisition was financed with new and existing indebtedness.
 
    The LHP and XCEL Acquisitions were  accounted for under the purchase  method
of  accounting and new bases  of accounting were established  at the time of the
acquisitions. The historical data of the Predecessor Company and the  historical
data  of the Company  are not comparable in  all respects as  a result of, among
other things, the effects of using the purchase accounting method to account for
the LHP  and  XCEL  Acquisitions,  the  interest  expense  associated  with  the
indebtedness  incurred in connection with the  LHP and XCEL Acquisitions and the
recording by the Company of certain nonrecurring charges in connection with  the
LHP Acquisition.
 
GENERAL
 
    The  Company is  the nation's largest  manufacturer and  marketer of vitamin
products and one of the nation's largest manufacturers and marketers of  private
label  OTC pharmaceuticals. The Company distributes its products to the nation's
leading mass  market retailers.  Since  the LHP  Acquisition  in May  1992,  the
Company  has pursued a  strategy designed to  increase its share  of the growing
vitamin product  business and  lower  its manufacturing  costs.  To do  so,  the
Company has invested in modern, high-speed equipment and consolidated certain of
its  packaging and  distribution facilities. As  a result of  these efforts, the
XCEL Acquisition and the growth in  the markets for the Company's products,  the
Company's  net sales increased from $140 million in fiscal 1992 to approximately
$338 million in fiscal  1996. XCEL sales totaled  $47.5 million in fiscal  1993.
The  Company's  operating  income,  excluding certain  charges  not  expected to
continue, has increased  from $9.7 million  in fiscal 1993  to $20.9 million  in
fiscal 1996. Excluded charges in fiscal 1993 include management fees of $321,000
paid  to AEA  that are  expected to  be discontinued  and costs  of $3.7 million
related to  the  LHP  Acquisition.  Excluded  charges  in  fiscal  1996  include
management  fees  of $350,000  paid  to AEA  and a  charge  of $4.7  million for
impairment of long-lived assets.  There can be no  assurance that the  Company's
strong historical growth will be continued.
 
    Throughout  fiscal 1993 and fiscal 1994,  the Company's growth was fueled by
favorable publicity of  scientific research  evidencing the  health benefits  of
vitamin  product consumption.  During fiscal 1994  and fiscal  1995, the Company
took its initial  step to build  capacity and lower  its manufacturing costs  by
making  significant  investments in  its  western U.S.  tableting  operation and
consolidating two western  U.S. packaging plants  and one distribution  facility
into  a single  facility (for which  expenditures totaled  $20.2 million through
fiscal 1996).
 
    In the  first quarter  of fiscal  1995,  however, a  study which  reached  a
negative  conclusion  as  to  the  health  benefits  of  consumption  of certain
antioxidants was released and received significant media attention. The  release
of  this study, referred to as  the "Finnish Smokers Study," negatively impacted
short-term  consumer  demand  for  certain  vitamin  products,  including   beta
carotene.  In addition, retailers reacted by  promptly reducing the promotion of
most major  vitamin  categories, compounding  the  negative impact  on  consumer
demand.  Moreover,  many  retail  chains  that  had  heavily  invested  in large
inventories to  support  anticipated strong  demand  for vitamin  products  also
reacted by aggressively reducing their inventory levels.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    The   Company,  in  recognition  of  this  downturn  in  sales,  halted  its
manufacturing restructuring plan and focused on the development of a program  to
downsize,  including the  closure of  a tableting  plant and  the elimination of
approximately 200 tableting and packaging positions. The Company's western  U.S.
tableting  and  packaging facilities,  designed to  operate most  efficiently on
higher volumes,  were  negatively affected  by  this downturn,  which  lead  the
Company  to  operate these  facilities  at significantly  sub-optimal production
levels. During the  second half of  fiscal 1995, the  sales of vitamin  products
stabilized and by the first quarter of fiscal 1996 sales of vitamin products had
returned  to levels comparable to pre-Finnish  Smokers Study levels. This market
stabilization and  recovery, however,  occurred more  quickly and  with  greater
strength than had been foreseen by the Company and its customers. The efficiency
of  the Company's  manufacturing operations was,  consequently, again negatively
impacted, in this instance, by costs associated with expedited manufacturing and
packaging scheduling required through December 1995 in order for the Company  to
meet   its  customers'  increased  orders   within  required  order  fulfillment
deadlines.
 
    The  Company's  top   ten  customers,  in   the  aggregate,  accounted   for
approximately  67% of the Company's net sales  for fiscal 1996. Sales to the two
largest customers accounted for 21% and 13%, respectively, of the Company's  net
sales in fiscal 1996. The Company believes that the concentration of substantial
portions of its sales to major customers has enabled the Company to focus on and
develop strong relationships with these customers. Sales of vitamins C and E, in
the  aggregate, accounted  for approximately 33%  of the Company's  net sales in
fiscal 1996.  The Company  believes the  large portion  of the  Company's  sales
comprised  of  vitamins  C  and  E  has  enabled  the  Company  to  build supply
relationships and realize economies  of scale that have  enabled the Company  to
strengthen  customer relationships. However,  if several of  the Company's major
customers substantially reduced their volume  of purchases from the Company,  or
if  the  Company's sales  of  vitamin C  or  E were  substantially  reduced, the
Company's results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
 
SEASONALITY
    Leiner's business is seasonal, as  increased vitamin usage corresponds  with
the cough, cold and flu season. A significant portion of the Company's sales and
a  more significant portion of the Company's operating income, therefore, occurs
in the second half of the fiscal year as reflected in the table below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
                                                                              NET SALES
                                                                        ----------------------  ------------------------
                                                                         AMOUNT     % OF YEAR    AMOUNT(1)    % OF YEAR
                                                                        ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                     (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
Fiscal 1996
  First quarter.......................................................  $    62.7          19%   $     1.6            7%
  Second quarter......................................................       78.7          23          2.7           13
  Third quarter.......................................................       94.8          28          6.0           29
  Fourth quarter......................................................      102.2          30         10.6(2)         51
                                                                        ---------       -----   -----------       -----
                                                                        $   338.4         100%   $    20.9          100%
                                                                        ---------       -----   -----------       -----
                                                                        ---------       -----   -----------       -----
Fiscal 1995
  First quarter.......................................................  $    61.4          20%   $    (1.7)         (10%)
  Second quarter......................................................       71.5          23          3.9           23
  Third quarter.......................................................       82.2          26          5.3           32
  Fourth quarter......................................................       99.6          31          9.2(3)         55
                                                                        ---------       -----   -----------       -----
                                                                        $   314.7         100%   $    16.7          100%
                                                                        ---------       -----   -----------       -----
                                                                        ---------       -----   -----------       -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Excludes annual management fees of $350,000 paid to AEA that are expected to
    be discontinued.
 
(2) Excludes charge for long-lived asset impairment of $4.7 million recorded  in
    the fourth quarter of fiscal 1996.
 
(3) Excludes   expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  the  preparation  of  a
    registration statement for an uncompleted public offering.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The  following  table  summarizes   the  Company's  historical  results   of
operations as a percentage of net sales for the years ended March 31, 1994, 1995
and 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         PERCENTAGE OF NET SALES FOR THE
                                                                              YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                         -------------------------------
                                                                           1994       1995       1996
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
Net sales..............................................................      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
Cost of sales..........................................................       74.4       75.2       74.8
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross profit...........................................................       25.6       24.8       25.2
Marketing, selling and distribution expenses...........................       14.2       13.5       13.1
General and administrative expenses....................................        5.4        5.5        5.4
Charge for long-lived asset impairment.................................         --         --        1.4
Amortization of goodwill...............................................        0.5        0.5        0.5
Other charges..........................................................        0.8        0.3        0.1
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income.......................................................        4.7        5.0        4.7
Interest expense, net..................................................        2.3        2.9        3.0
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
Income before income taxes.............................................        2.4        2.1        1.7
Provision for income taxes.............................................        1.2        1.0        1.4
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income.............................................................        1.2%       1.1%       0.3%
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
FISCAL 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1995
 
    Net  sales increased by $23.7 million, or 7.5%, to $338.4 million for fiscal
1996 from $314.7 million for fiscal 1995.
 
    Vitamin product  sales  increased by  $28.0  million, or  11.7%,  to  $267.7
million  for fiscal 1996 from  $239.7 million for fiscal  1995. The increase was
principally attributable to unit sales increases in most major types of  vitamin
products,  initial sales of the Company's  herbal product line and the Company's
introduction of other  new nutritional supplements,  including products such  as
Pycnogenol-Registered Trademark-, evening primrose oil and coenzyme Q10. Selling
price  increases  implemented  late  in  fiscal  1995  and  during  fiscal  1996
contributed approximately $8.5 million of the vitamin product sales increase.
 
    OTC pharmaceutical  sales  decreased by  $4.3  million, or  6.8%,  to  $58.8
million  for fiscal 1996  from $63.1 million  for fiscal 1995.  The decrease was
principally due  to  declines  in  the net  average  selling  price  of  certain
analgesics  and in the number of units sold as a result of price competition and
the introduction  by  nationally  branded companies  of  several  new  analgesic
products.  Additionally,  the Company's  decision to  resign  as the  liquid OTC
pharmaceutical supplier to a major drugstore chain (due to unprofitable margins)
in the first half of fiscal 1996 contributed approximately $4.0 million to  this
sales  decline.  These  decreases were  partially  offset by  revenues  from new
private label OTC  pharmaceutical business  developed by the  Company in  fiscal
1996.
 
    Gross  profit increased  $7.0 million, or  9.0%, to $85.1  million in fiscal
1996 from $78.1 million in fiscal 1995. The gross profit margin also improved to
25.2% in fiscal 1996 from 24.8% in fiscal 1995. The increase in the gross profit
margin was principally due  to a decrease in  the Company's manufacturing  costs
resulting   from  the   investment  in  manufacturing   equipment  and  facility
consolidations during the last  three fiscal years,  which allowed the  Company,
among  other things, to achieve lower per unit manufacturing and packaging costs
through larger batch sizes and longer packaging runs.
 
    Marketing, selling  and distribution  expenses,  together with  general  and
administrative  expenses  (collectively, "operating  expenses"),  increased $2.9
million to  $62.6 million  in fiscal  1996 from  $59.7 million  in fiscal  1995.
Expressed  as a percentage of sales, operating expenses declined 0.5% from 19.0%
in fiscal 1995 to 18.5% in fiscal 1996, as the Company continued to leverage its
operating expenses as it increased sales. The
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
Company intends to invest $3.5 million  in a national radio advertising  program
in  fiscal 1997 (versus $1.1 million in  fiscal 1996) that is expected to result
in the first increase  in operating expenses, expressed  as a percentage of  net
sales, since the LHP Acquisition was completed in fiscal 1993.
 
    In  fiscal  1996,  following the  Company's  resignation as  the  liquid OTC
pharmaceutical supplier to a major drugstore chain, the Company decided to scale
back its liquid  manufacturing capability.  As a  result of  this decision,  the
Company  recognized a long-lived asset impairment and recorded a write-down of a
portion of the goodwill arising from  the XCEL Acquisition. This write-down  has
been  reflected in the fiscal  1996 results of operations  as a long-lived asset
impairment charge of $4.7 million.
 
    Goodwill amortization of $1.6 million in  each of the years ended March  31,
1995   and  1996  relates  to  the  goodwill  arising  from  the  LHP  and  XCEL
Acquisitions. As  a  result of  the  goodwill write-down  discussed  above,  the
amortization  of goodwill will decline to $1.4 million in fiscal 1997. The other
charges of $0.5 million in fiscal 1996 are comprised of management fees paid  to
AEA that are expected to be discontinued in fiscal 1997 and compensation expense
resulting  from the grant of  stock options to certain  members of management in
fiscal 1994.  In fiscal  1995,  in addition  to  these expenses,  other  charges
included  expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of a registration
statement to offer the Company's shares  publicly. This public offering was  not
completed  principally due to the  release of the Finnish  Smokers Study and the
resulting impact on the public valuation of vitamin companies.
 
    As a  result of  the  factors discussed  above,  operating income  of  $15.8
million  for fiscal 1996 was equal to operating income in fiscal 1995. Excluding
the long-lived  asset  impairment charge  and  other charges,  operating  income
increased  by $4.2 million, or  25%, to $21.0 million  in fiscal 1996 from $16.8
million in fiscal 1995.
 
    Net interest expense  increased by $0.9  million to $9.9  million in  fiscal
1996  from $9.0  million in  fiscal 1995.  The increase  was principally  due to
higher weighted average interest  rates. The interest rates  on the majority  of
the Company's debt are at rates that are a function of either the LIBOR or prime
rates.
 
    The  Company's effective income  tax rate of  80% for fiscal  1996 is higher
than the  combined  state and  federal  rate of  40%  primarily because  of  the
nondeductibility  of goodwill, as well as the nondeductibility of the long-lived
asset impairment charge. The effective income tax rate for fiscal 1996 is higher
than the effective income tax  rate of 49% for  fiscal 1995, principally due  to
the nondeductibility of the long-lived asset impairment charge.
 
    As  a result of  the above factors,  net income for  fiscal 1996 declined by
66.1% to $1.2 million from $3.4 million in fiscal 1995. Excluding the long-lived
asset impairment charge,  net income  would have  increased to  $5.9 million  in
fiscal 1996.
 
FISCAL 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1994
 
    Net  sales increased by $11.1 million, or  3.7%, to $314.7 million in fiscal
1995 from $303.6 million in fiscal 1994.
 
    Vitamin product sales increased by $22.4 million, or 10%, to $239.7  million
in  fiscal 1995 from $217.3 million in  fiscal 1994 despite a decrease in demand
for vitamin  products resulting  from  negative media  coverage of  the  Finnish
Smokers  Study.  The  increase  was attributable  principally  to  selling price
increases implemented in the last quarter  of fiscal 1994 and throughout  fiscal
1995  in response to raw  material cost increases incurred  by the Company. To a
lesser extent, the increased sales of vitamin products were due to the Company's
introduction  of  phyto-nutrient   products  and  the   growth  of   nutritional
supplements, including chromium picolinate, ginseng and garlic.
 
    Sales  of OTC pharmaceuticals  decreased by $4.3 million,  or 6.4%, to $63.1
million in fiscal 1995  from $67.4 million in  fiscal 1994. During fiscal  1995,
the  Company resigned  the OTC pharmaceutical  business of  certain customers on
which the Company realized low margins.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    Sales of other products decreased by $7.0 million, or 37%, to $11.9  million
in  fiscal 1995 from $18.9 million in  fiscal 1994. The decrease was principally
attributable to  the  resignation  of  the  contract  manufacturing  of  certain
national   branded  digestive  liquid  products.   Additionally,  the  sales  of
Bodycology-Registered Trademark-, a  line that was  not considered strategic  by
the Company, declined as the number of nationally branded offerings increased.
 
    Gross  profit increased  $0.5 million, or  0.7%, to $78.1  million in fiscal
1995 from  $77.6 million  in  fiscal 1994.  The  gross profit  margin  declined,
however,  from 25.6%  in fiscal 1994  to 24.8%  in fiscal 1995.  The decrease in
demand for vitamin products  resulting from the negative  media coverage of  the
Finnish  Smokers Study, the  Company's resulting downsizing  initiatives and the
resignation of certain low margin OTC pharmaceutical business had a  significant
impact  on  volumes produced  and resulted  in  inefficiencies in  the Company's
manufacturing operations.
 
    Although the Company invested $13.5  million in expanding and enhancing  its
tableting  capacity in fiscal 1994  and 1995, the full  benefits of the enhanced
technology and  increased  capacity  were  not  realized  as  tablet  production
declined 2% between fiscal 1994 and fiscal 1995 in response to softened consumer
and  retailer demand.  Variable tableting  costs increased  from fiscal  1994 to
fiscal 1995 and higher fixed costs were not absorbed.
 
    The Company  consolidated two  western U.S.  packaging facilities  into  one
large  facility in the last  quarter of fiscal 1994.  The Company also purchased
additional packaging equipment. As indicated above with respect to the tableting
operations, the decrease in demand  for vitamin products delayed realization  of
the benefits anticipated from these consolidation and capital expenditures. From
fiscal  1994 to fiscal 1995, variable  packaging costs increased and fixed costs
increased in  absolute  and per  unit  terms (as  the  number of  units  bottled
decreased 2% between years).
 
    Additionally,  competitive factors accentuated  by a decrease  in demand for
vitamin products necessitated the payment of $8 million by the Company to secure
long-term sales agreements with  certain customers in late  fiscal 1994 and  the
beginning  of fiscal  1995. The  amortization of these  costs over  the terms of
those agreements (which are generally expected to extend from two to four years)
negatively impacted gross margins in fiscal 1995. Historically, the Company  had
expended approximately $3 million annually to secure such sales agreements.
 
    Operating  expenses increased $0.2  million to $59.7  million in fiscal 1995
from $59.5  million in  fiscal 1994.  Expressed as  a percentage  of net  sales,
however,  operating expenses declined 0.6% from 19.6% in fiscal 1994 to 19.0% in
fiscal 1995.  Marketing,  selling  and  distribution  expenses  decreased  as  a
marketing  program in  support of  the Pharmacist  Formula-Registered Trademark-
brand conducted in  fiscal 1994 was  not continued in  fiscal 1995. General  and
administrative  expenses increased principally  due to a  significant upgrade to
the Company's computer  systems to bring  about internal operating  efficiencies
and  improve its electronic data interchange  capabilities to better service its
customers.
 
    Goodwill amortization of $1.6 million in  each of the years ended March  31,
1994   and  1995  relates  to  the  goodwill  arising  from  the  LHP  and  XCEL
Acquisitions. The  other charges  of $2.4  million recorded  by the  Company  in
fiscal  1994 were comprised of the write-off of deferred charges associated with
the refinancing of  the Company's  revolving credit facility  in December  1993,
compensation  expense resulting from  the grant of  stock options and management
fees paid to AEA. In fiscal 1995,  these charges relate to management fees  paid
to  AEA,  compensation expense  resulting from  the grant  of stock  options and
expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of a registration statement
for an uncompleted public offering.
 
    As a result of  the factors discussed above,  operating income increased  by
$1.7 million to $15.8 million for fiscal 1995 from $14.1 million in fiscal 1994.
Excluding  other  charges,  operating  income increased  $0.3  million  to $16.8
million for fiscal 1995 from $16.5 million for fiscal 1994.
 
    Interest expense increased by $2.0 million  to $9.0 million for fiscal  1995
from  $7.0 million for fiscal 1994. This increase is principally attributable to
the additional debt the Company incurred in the later part of fiscal 1994 and in
fiscal 1995 to finance its manufacturing program and payments to secure  certain
long-term  customer sales  agreements. Increasing  interest rates  during fiscal
1995 also contributed to this increase.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    The Company's effective  income tax rate  for fiscal 1995  of 49% is  higher
than the combined federal and state tax rate of approximately 40% primarily as a
result  of the  nondeductibility of $1.6  million of  goodwill amortization. The
fiscal 1995 rate  is lower, however,  than the fiscal  1994 rate of  51% as  the
Company's  state tax rate declined to 6% for fiscal 1995 from 9% in fiscal 1994,
principally attributable to  state tax  credits resulting from  the fiscal  1995
capital expenditures.
 
    As  a result of  the above factors,  net income for  fiscal 1995 declined by
$0.1 million to $3.4 million from $3.5 million in fiscal 1994.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Cash provided  by  operating  activities  prior to  changes  in  assets  and
liabilities  was $21.9  million in  fiscal 1996.  The Company's  working capital
increased $10.6 million, to $72.3 million  at March 31, 1996 from $61.7  million
at  March 31, 1995.  This increase in  working capital was  principally due to a
reduction in the bank checks outstanding at March 31, 1996. During fiscal  1996,
the  Company's  net  additions to  property,  plant and  equipment  totaled $3.5
million as compared to $16.7 million  during fiscal 1995. During the later  part
of  fiscal  1993 and  during fiscals  1994 and  1995, the  Company significantly
increased its manufacturing capacity and enhanced its manufacturing  technology.
Accordingly, the Company invested in property, plant and equipment during fiscal
1996 at a maintenance level.
 
    At  March  31, 1996,  the Company  had $42.8  million outstanding  under the
Credit Agreement and  $12.2 million of  borrowing availability. On  a pro  forma
basis,  after giving effect to  the Offering as if it  had occurred on March 31,
1996, the  Company  would have  had  no  amounts outstanding  under  the  Credit
Agreement  and  $55  million  of borrowing  availability.  The  Credit Agreement
expires on June 30,  1998. Borrowings under this  facility bear interest at  the
prime  rate plus  up to  1.25% or  LIBOR plus  up to  2.25%. At  March 31, 1996,
borrowings under the Credit  Agreement had a weighted  average interest rate  of
8.2%.  The Credit Agreement  contains certain restrictive  covenants related to,
among other things, cash flow coverage, interest coverage, debt-to-total capital
ratios, minimum levels of net worth and limits on capital expenditures. At March
31, 1996 the outstanding indebtedness under  the Senior Notes was $45.0  million
and  the weighted average interest rate on the borrowings under the Senior Notes
was 9.48%.  Annual principal  payments  of $11.3  million  on the  Senior  Notes
commence  on April  30, 1999.  The Senior  Notes contain  substantially the same
restrictive covenants  as  the Credit  Agreement.  See "Description  of  Certain
Indebtedness."  At March 31, 1996, $8.3 million was outstanding under the vendor
revolving loan agreement and the interest  rate on the borrowings was 5.5%.  The
vendor revolving loan agreement matures on May 31, 1997.
 
    In  addition to repaying amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement, the
net proceeds of the Offering will be  utilized to redeem all of the  outstanding
shares  of the Company's  Redeemable Preferred Stock  plus accrued dividends, to
repay the revolving vendor loan agreement and  to pay to AEA a $1.5 million  fee
in connection with the termination of its management agreement with the Company.
 
    The  Company  believes  funds  available under  the  Credit  Agreement, from
operations and from the proceeds of the Offering will provide adequate liquidity
for the foreseeable future.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
    Leiner is  the  nation's  largest manufacturer  and  marketer  of  vitamins,
minerals  and nutritional supplements (collectively, "vitamin products"). Leiner
markets over  320  vitamin products  in  more  than 4,600  stock  keeping  units
("SKUs").  The Company estimates that it has  a 50% share of private label sales
(three times as  large as its  largest competitor)  and a 20%  share of  overall
vitamin  product  sales  through mass  market  retailers in  the  United States.
Vitamin product sales represent approximately 79% of the Company's net sales.
 
    The Company's vitamin products are sold  in all 50 states through more  than
50,000  retail outlets.  The Company's  vitamin product  customers are primarily
mass market retailers  and include the  country's 20 largest  drug store  chains
(including  Walgreen, American Stores,  Eckerd, CVS, Rite-Aid  and Revco), 18 of
the 20 largest supermarket  chains (including Safeway, Winn-Dixie,  Albertson's,
A&P  and  Lucky Stores),  the 10  largest  mass merchandising  chains (including
Wal-Mart, Target, Kmart and Venture) and  the two largest warehouse club  chains
(Sam's  and  PriceCostco)  (such  retailer categories  are  referred  to herein,
collectively, as "mass market"). The  Company's vitamin products are sold  under
its  customers' store names ("private label products"), as well as under its own
brand, Your Life-Registered  Trademark-, one of  the nation's leading  broadline
vitamin  brands.  The  Company  estimates that  private  label  vitamin products
account for approximately  38% of  total vitamin  product sales  by mass  market
retailers and account for approximately 59% of Leiner's total net sales.
 
    By  leveraging its strengths and  resources in vitamin product manufacturing
and  distribution,  Leiner  has  also   become  one  of  the  nation's   largest
manufacturers and marketers of private label non-prescription
("over-the-counter")   pharmaceuticals,  such  as  analgesics,  cough  and  cold
remedies and digestive aids ("OTC pharmaceuticals"). Leiner markets over 100 OTC
pharmaceutical products in  approximately 1,600 SKUs.  OTC pharmaceutical  sales
represent  approximately  17%  of the  Company's  net sales.  The  Company's OTC
pharmaceuticals are  sold  as  private  label products  as  well  as  under  the
Company's Pharmacist Formula-Registered Trademark- brand.
 
    The Company's net sales have increased from $230.8 million in fiscal 1993 to
$338.4  million in fiscal 1996. During  the same period, the Company's operating
income, excluding certain charges not  expected to continue, has increased  from
$9.7 million in fiscal 1993 to $20.9 million in fiscal 1996. Excluded charges in
fiscal  1993  include management  fees of  $321,000 paid  to AEA  Investors Inc.
("AEA") that are expected to be  discontinued and costs of $3.7 million  related
to  the LHP Acquisition. Excluded charges in fiscal 1996 include management fees
of $350,000  paid  to  AEA and  a  charge  of $4.7  million  for  impairment  of
long-lived   assets.   See   "Selected  Consolidated   Financial   Data."  While
experiencing this growth, the Company  has invested approximately $20.2  million
in  a facilities  consolidation, capacity expansion  and equipment modernization
program with  respect  to its  facilities  in  the western  United  States  (the
"Manufacturing  Program"). The Company has also  invested $3.7 million in modern
equipment for its midwestern U.S. facilities.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
    VITAMIN PRODUCTS
 
    According to industry sources and  management estimates, total retail  sales
of  vitamin products  in the  United States  were approximately  $3.7 billion in
calendar year 1995 and have grown at a compound annual rate of approximately 11%
since 1993. The vitamin product business is composed of several different  types
of  products: multivitamins, single-entity vitamins (such  as vitamins C and E),
minerals   (such   as   calcium),   and   nutritional   supplements   (such   as
Pycnogenol-Registered  Trademark-,  coenzyme Q10  and  evening primrose  oil and
including herbal products (such as  ginseng, garlic and ginkgo biloba)).  Leiner
believes  that growth  in the  vitamin product business  has been  driven by (i)
national media  attention  regarding scientific  research  suggesting  potential
health  benefits from regular consumption of vitamin products, (ii) the aging of
the U.S. population (because  a larger portion of  older age groups use  vitamin
products),  (iii) the growing practice of  self-care and preventive medicine and
(iv) the favorable effects of and  opportunities presented by the enactment  and
implementation of the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994.
 
    SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH.  Various studies published since 1992 by researchers at
major  universities have suggested an association between regular consumption of
vitamin products such as E, C and beta carotene
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
(collectively, "antioxidants")  and  a  reduced risk  of  certain  diseases.  In
addition,  certain other studies have reported that consumption of folic acid (a
B vitamin) can aid  prevention of heart disease  and neural tube birth  defects.
Such   research  has  been  described  in  major  medical  journals,  magazines,
newspapers and television programs. However, certain recent studies relating  to
certain  antioxidants have produced results contrary to certain of the favorable
indications of other prior and subsequent  studies. While there have been  other
recent  studies suggesting that vitamin product  consumption may have a positive
health effect, the scientific research to date is not conclusive, and there  can
be  no assurance of future favorable  scientific results and media attention, or
the absence of unfavorable or inconsistent findings. See "Risk Factors -- Effect
of Research and Publicity on Vitamin Product Business."
 
    DEMOGRAPHICS.  U.S.  demographic trends are  also acting as  a catalyst  for
increasing  growth  of  the  vitamin product  market.  According  to  the Gallup
Organization, people in the age  group 50 and above  exhibit the highest use  of
vitamin  products of  all age  groups (measured by  percentage of  the age group
using vitamin products). In the United States, approximately 41% of persons  age
50  to 64 and approximately 39% of persons age 65 and above use vitamin products
(compared to 32% for  persons age 35 to  49 and 26% for  persons age 18 to  34).
According  to the United States Bureau of the Census, between 1996 and 2005, the
age group of persons age  50 and above is projected  to grow 23.3%, compared  to
1.6%  for the age group of persons age 18 to 49. The Company believes that these
demographic trends  will  continue  to  support  increased  demand  for  vitamin
products.
 
    GROWTH  OF SELF-CARE AND  PREVENTIVE MEDICINE.   Vitamin product consumption
has been favorably affected by the growing practice of self-care and  preventive
medicine  by lay people in the United States, which practices in turn are driven
by (i) increased information available to the consumer on the health benefits of
certain foods, including vitamin products; (ii) a desire to avoid rising  health
costs  and (iii)  convenience. In  response to  the trend  toward self-care, the
Company  has  created  a  nutrition   information  program  for  consumers   and
pharmacists, which includes informational inserts, point of purchase nutritional
information  brochures  and a  toll free  telephone  information line  to answer
customer inquiries regarding  nutrition. The nutrition  information program  has
enabled  retailers to capitalize on trends towards self-care by allowing them to
position themselves  as  self-care  centers, supplying  consumers  with  vitamin
products and information describing the benefits of vitamin product consumption.
 
    DSHEA.   The Dietary Supplement Health  and Education Act of 1994 ("DSHEA"),
enacted in October  1994, removed  or scaled back  many restrictions  previously
imposed  on vitamin product manufacturers. DSHEA expanded the ability of vitamin
product manufacturers to make, on labels and in literature, "structure/function"
claims that explain how a nutrient or dietary substance affects the structure or
function of the body. The Company believes that this change will aid the sale of
vitamin products  by enabling  manufacturers to  better communicate  the  health
benefits  of  vitamins  and  to  promote  sales  through  labels,  packages  and
literature discussing the benefits of  vitamin products generally. This  ability
is  especially important in light of the  growing trend toward self-care and the
increased sales of vitamin products in the mass market channel, where  customers
are less able to rely on sales personnel for explanations of product benefits.
 
    DSHEA also affirms the ability of vitamin product manufacturers to introduce
and  sell new "manufacturer-substantiated-as-safe"  vitamin products without FDA
preclearances. While this aspect of DSHEA has led to a broader range of  vitamin
products  being marketed,  it has also  made retailers more  reliant on internal
reviews by manufacturers to evaluate the utility and safety of new products. The
Company believes that due to its reputation for high quality and responsible new
product introductions it will benefit  from the increased reliance of  retailers
on  manufacturers.  See  "Risk  Factors --  Potential  For  Increased Government
Regulation."
 
    The primary channels of retail distribution in the vitamin product  business
are  mass market retailers (drug stores, supermarkets, mass merchandising chains
and warehouse  club  stores, such  as  Walgreen, Safeway,  Wal-Mart  and  Sam's,
respectively),  health food  stores, direct sales  and mail  order. According to
industry sources and management estimates,  retail sales of vitamin products  in
the  U.S. mass  market channel (the  channel in which  the Company participates)
were   approximately    $1.9    billion    in    calendar    year    1995    and
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
have  grown at a compound annual rate  of 11.3% since 1993. Management estimates
that this channel's share of total  vitamin product sales was approximately  52%
in  calender year  1995. Leiner  distributes substantially  all of  its products
through mass market retailers and was  the leading supplier of vitamin  products
to  this channel, with approximately 20% of  the total sales for this channel in
1995. Management estimates  that the health  food store, mail  order and  direct
sales channels' shares of total vitamin product sales were approximately 28%, 5%
and  13%, respectively, in calendar year  1995. Leiner does not currently supply
health food stores or sell by mail order or direct sales.
 
    While total vitamin product sales in the U.S. mass market channel grew at an
annual compound growth rate of 11.3% from 1993 through 1995, the vitamin product
business is composed of several different types of products with varying  growth
rates. The growth rates of certain of these products are set forth below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   SALES
                                                                     ----------------------------------
                                                                      CY 1993     CY 1995       CAGR
                                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                               (IN MILLIONS)
Vitamin C..........................................................  $    189.1  $    218.8        7.6%
Vitamin E..........................................................       161.0       184.1        6.9%
Multivitamins......................................................       514.0       535.7        2.1%
B Vitamins.........................................................       151.0       157.1        2.0%
Minerals...........................................................       229.5       301.9       14.7%
Nutritional Supplements............................................       160.9       307.8       38.3%
</TABLE>
 
    The  fastest  growing vitamin  products over  the past  two years  have been
nutritional supplements (which include herbal products). According to management
estimates and industry sources, nutritional supplement sales in the mass  market
channel  have grown at a compound annual rate  of 38.3% from 1993 to 1995, while
overall vitamin product sales excluding nutritional supplements have grown at  a
compound  annual rate of 7.8%. Since  1993, Leiner has introduced 46 nutritional
supplement products and Leiner's  share of nutritional  supplement sales in  the
mass  market channel  has grown  from 7.7% in  calendar year  1993 (or estimated
retail sales of  $12.3 million)  to 10.1% in  calendar year  1995 (or  estimated
retail sales of $31.2 million).
 
    Within  the mass  market channel,  there are  three primary  vitamin product
categories: national  brands,  broadline  brands  and  private  label  products,
accounting  for  approximately  41%, 21%  and  38%, respectively,  of  the total
vitamin product sales of mass market retailers in 1995, according to  management
estimates.  The national brand  category primarily consists  of multivitamin (as
opposed to single-entity  vitamin) and mineral  products marketed under  heavily
advertised brand names such as Centrum-Registered Trademark-,
One-A-Day-Registered Trademark- and Theragran-Registered Trademark-
multivitamins  and  Oscal-Registered Trademark-  mineral  supplements. Broadline
brands, such as  the Company's  Your Life-Registered Trademark-  brand, offer  a
complete  range  of  products  under one  brand  name,  including multivitamins,
single-entity vitamins (such as E, C and B-complex vitamins), minerals (such  as
calcium   and  chromium   picolinate)  and  nutritional   supplements  (such  as
Pycnogenol-Registered Trademark-,  coenzyme Q10  and  evening primrose  oil  and
including  herbal products (such as garlic, ginseng and ginkgo biloba)). Private
label  products  marketed  under  the  retailer's  name  offer  a  wide  product
assortment,  similar to  but somewhat narrower  in scope  than broadline brands,
including national brand equivalent formulas positioned as lower-priced "compare
and save" products. The Company estimates that it has an approximately 50% share
of sales of private label vitamin products in the mass market channel.
 
    OTC PHARMACEUTICALS
 
    Retail sales in the United States  for OTC pharmaceutical products, such  as
analgesics,   cough  and  cold  remedies  (including  allergy  medications)  and
digestive aids  (including antacids,  laxatives and  antidiarrheals) were  $10.7
billion  in  1995,  and  are  estimated  to have  grown  at  an  annual  rate of
approximately 4%  during  1995  according to  Information  Resources,  Inc.  OTC
pharmaceuticals  are sold primarily through mass market retailers in two product
categories -- national brand products  and private label products,  representing
1995  retail sales of $9.0 billion  and $1.8 billion, respectively. According to
management estimates, sales  of national  brand OTC pharmaceuticals  grew at  an
annual    rate    of    3.4%    during   1995,    while    sales    of   private
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
label OTC  pharmaceuticals are  estimated to  have grown  at an  annual rate  of
approximately  8.4%  during the  same period.  The Company's  OTC pharmaceutical
sales are primarily in the private label product category. The Company  believes
that  it  is  one  of  the  nation's  largest  suppliers  of  private  label OTC
pharmaceuticals.
 
    The Company believes that OTC  pharmaceutical sales will benefit from  three
significant  factors:  (i) the  aging  of the  U.S.  population resulting  in an
increasing need for medication, (ii) consumer preference for the lower cost  and
greater  convenience of self-medication  and (iii) the  increasing number of OTC
pharmaceutical products available  as a  result of the  approval by  the FDA  of
over-the-counter  sale of previously "prescription only" pharmaceuticals ("RxOTC
switch products").  Over the  past ten  years, medications  equivalent to  those
marketed   under   the   national  brand   names   Advil-Registered  Trademark-,
Dimetapp-Registered Trademark-, Immodium-Registered Trademark- and
Drixoral-Registered Trademark-, among others, have switched from prescription to
OTC status  and are  currently  marketed by  the  Company under  its  customers'
private  labels and under its Pharmacist Formula-Registered Trademark- broadline
brand.
 
    PRIVATE LABEL
 
    The growth  in  the  demand  for private  label  vitamin  products  and  OTC
pharmaceuticals  has  been  driven  by increasing  acceptance  of  private label
products by both consumers and retailers. Consumers find private label  products
attractive because they sell at substantially lower prices than national brands,
yet are comparable in quality and utility to and use the same active ingredients
and  formulas as  national brands.  Private label  products appeal  to retailers
because such products  generally provide for  a higher gross  profit margin  and
higher  dollar profit per unit than national brands. In the mass market, private
label products represent approximately 38%  of the vitamin product business  and
approximately 16% of the OTC pharmaceutical business.
 
MARKET LEADERSHIP
 
    Leiner  is the  largest manufacturer  and marketer  of vitamins  to the mass
market channel in the United States. This channel accounts for approximately 52%
of overall vitamin  product sales in  the United States,  according to  industry
sources.  The leading role Leiner  enjoys in the mass  market channel allows the
Company to realize economies of scale while developing strong relationships with
the  nation's  leading  mass  market  retailers.  The  Company  attributes   its
leadership  in  the  overall  vitamin product  business  to  several competitive
advantages:
 
    PRODUCT QUALITY.  Leiner believes its  reputation for quality is a  critical
factor  in customer purchase decisions, particularly for private label products,
which are marketed under the names  of Leiner's mass market retailer  customers.
The  Company believes  that in  1991 it became  the first  major vitamin product
supplier to manufacture its vitamin  products to meet standards for  dissolution
and  disintegration in substantially the form later adopted by the United States
Pharmacopoeial Convention, Inc. (the "USP").  Leiner promotes its innovation  in
this   area  under   the  Proven   Release-Registered  Trademark-   and  Release
Assured-Registered Trademark- trademarks. In 1994, the Company became the  first
vitamin product manufacturer to sell vitamin products exhibiting the USP symbol.
In  1995, the Company became the first vitamin product manufacturer certified as
being in  compliance  with  USP vitamin  product  manufacturing  standards.  The
Company's facilities were audited by an independent quality assurance laboratory
and  received  the  laboratory's  highest rating  category.  See  "-- Government
Regulation."
 
    PRODUCT INNOVATION.  Leiner has consistently introduced product  innovations
based on scientific research and in response to consumer needs. It was the first
major  vitamin product supplier  to introduce such  industry-wide innovations as
Proven   Release-Registered   Trademark-   (standards   for   dissolution    and
disintegration  in  substantially  the form  later  adopted by  the  USP), Daily
Paks-Registered Trademark- (pre-sorted,  prepackaged vitamin combinations),  the
Naturalized-Registered  Trademark- line (vitamin  products free of preservatives
and artificial  colors  and  flavors), Family  Size  packages  (larger  quantity
packages  initially  developed for  warehouse  clubs) and  Phytograph-TM- herbal
testing (a process of testing herbal products to ensure that active constituents
contained in the products are in conformity to the natural source). The  Company
also  believes  that  its reputation  for  introducing new  products  only after
careful review  of their  safety, utility  and commercial  acceptance is  a  key
element  of Leiner's  strong relationships  with mass  market retailers  and, in
turn, enhances Leiner's ability to introduce  new products into the channels  it
serves.  Leiner  has  created  a  scientific  advisory  board  (the  "Scientific
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
Advisory Board") composed of scientific and regulatory authorities on  nutrition
and  related health fields to  assist the Company in  the evaluation of research
and new products.  The Company believes  that its Scientific  Advisory Board  is
viewed by Leiner's customers as a valuable resource.
 
    CUSTOMER  SERVICE, SALES AND MARKETING SUPPORT.  The Company's long-standing
customer relationships are built upon its commitment to a high level of customer
service and have been recognized by "vendor of the year" awards from several  of
the  nation's leading retailers, including Albertson's, Revco, Rite-Aid, Safeway
and Target. The  Company believes it  has an excellent  reputation for  customer
service,  which  has  been  enhanced  by  consistently  shipping  complex orders
complete and on  time and by  providing electronic data  interchange and  vendor
managed  inventory services  to its customers.  The Company,  through its direct
sales force  and  account  marketing  managers,  also  provides  retailers  with
category  management services,  including integrated  schedules of merchandising
programs, advertising and promotions, designed to maximize retailers' sales  and
profits. See "-- Customers, Sales and Marketing."
 
    GRAPHICS  AND PACKAGING  EXPERTISE.  Leiner  designs and  manages over 6,600
labels for approximately 265 customers. The Company believes that its  resources
and  expertise  in  label  design  and  managment  are  significant  competitive
advantages in  servicing  the complex  needs  of its  private  label  customers.
Leiner's  in-house  graphics capability  enables  the Company  to  deliver quick
turnaround times for private label design  projects and allows its customers  to
participate  in  the  development  and  production  of  labeling  and packaging.
Leiner's customers  benefit from  Leiner's  significant investment  in  computer
design  equipment, as  well as  in-house expertise  in marketing  strategies and
regulatory matters applicable to labels and packaging. The Company operates four
packaging facilities equipped with  32 packaging lines in  order to satisfy  the
complex demands and rapid response time required by its customers.
 
    MODERN,  EFFICIENT MANUFACTURING.  The Company has the largest manufacturing
capacity in the vitamin product industry with two tableting facilities operating
to USP standards capable of producing over 13 billion tablets per year and  four
packaging facilities containing 32 packaging lines, of which 25 are modern, high
speed  lines.  In  fiscal  1994,  Leiner  began  the  Manufacturing  Program,  a
facilities consolidation, capacity expansion and equipment modernization program
designed to consolidate  its western U.S.  facilities into a  smaller number  of
larger,  more  efficient units,  outfitted with  modern tableting  and packaging
equipment. The  Manufacturing  Program  has  allowed  the  Company  to  increase
capacity  by  adding  modern,  high  speed  equipment  and  to  reduce  variable
manufacturing costs  by  producing  larger batch  sizes  and  conducting  longer
uninterrupted  tableting  and  packaging  runs.  Through  the  consolidation  of
packaging and  distribution  facilities,  the  Manufacturing  Program  has  also
allowed  the Company  to reduce  distribution costs  in its  western facilities.
Leiner's investment  in the  Manufacturing Program  totaled approximately  $20.2
million.  Leiner expects  to realize further  improvements in  efficiency as the
elements of the Manufacturing Program are further integrated into the  Company's
operations. See "-- Manufacturing and Distribution".
 
    COMPLEMENTARY   NATURE   OF   VITAMIN   PRODUCT   AND   OTC   PHARMACEUTICAL
BUSINESSES.  The Company's OTC pharmaceutical products are sold through the same
distribution channels and, for most products, manufactured by the same processes
as the  Company's  vitamin  products.  In  addition,  vitamin  product  and  OTC
pharmaceutical  purchase decisions are  generally made by the  same buyer at the
Company's customers. This overlap of  channels and processes allows the  Company
to  enhance its strong position with mass market retailers and its manufacturing
and distribution expertise  by (i)  strengthening the  relationship between  the
Company   and  its  customers  by  allowing  the  Company  to  offer  "one-stop"
vitamin/OTC pharmaceutical shopping, (ii) allowing  the Company to allocate  its
fixed  costs across a broader revenue base and (iii) offering a more diversified
source of revenue to fund future growth of the Company.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
    The Company's  business strategy  is to  use its  competitive advantages  to
increase  its  share of  the  growing overall  vitamin  product business  and to
leverage its  distribution, marketing  and  manufacturing strengths  in  vitamin
products  to maximize  profitability. In order  to implement  this strategy, the
Company intends to:
 
    DEVELOP AND MARKET NEW PRODUCTS.  The Company believes it is a leader in the
vitamin product industry  in the  responsible development of  new products.  The
Company intends to continue to develop new products
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
and programs based on scientific research and consumer needs. During fiscal 1997
the  Company  plans  to  introduce  a  number  of  new  nutritional  supplements
(including  herbal  products)  as  line  extensions  that  build  on  successful
nutritional  supplements previously  introduced. The  Company believes  that new
nutritional supplement products offer an important avenue of growth because  (i)
industry  sales of  nutritional supplements  have increased  in the  mass market
channel at a compound  annual rate of approximately  38% from 1993 through  1995
and  (ii) the Company's share of nutritional supplement sales in the mass market
channel is substantially lower than the Company's share for vitamin and  mineral
sales and thus presents a growth opportunity.
 
    EXPAND  VITAMIN PRODUCT SALES THROUGH NEW  CHANNELS.  The Company intends to
expand vitamin product sales through new channels such as warehouse club  stores
(a  new component of the mass market  channel for vitamin products) and military
commissaries. In addition  to continuing its  efforts to increase  its sales  to
warehouse club stores and to the military through the development of specialized
sales  and  marketing  programs  designed  to meet  the  unique  needs  of these
channels, the  Company intends  to focus  on expanding  its international  sales
(primarily  in Asia, South  America and Canada)  through increased investment of
resources in international sales development and  by joining with its U.S.  mass
market customers in their international expansion. To date, Leiner has obtained,
or  has pending applications to obtain, trademark registrations or authorization
for importation and sale of its products  in 44 countries outside of the  United
States.  In addition, Leiner  has entered into a  strategic alliance with Takeda
Chemical Industries,  Ltd., one  of  Japan's largest  pharmaceutical  companies,
regarding    the    introduction,   marketing    and   distribution    of   Your
Life-Registered Trademark- brand vitamin products in Japan.
 
    EXPAND  SALES  AND  DISTRIBUTION  OF   BRANDED  PRODUCTS.    Leiner's   Your
Life-Registered  Trademark-  brand is  one of  the  largest broadline  brands of
vitamin products  in the  United States  and accounted  for approximately  $66.5
million,  or  20%, of  the Company's  net sales  in fiscal  1996. Sales  of Your
Life-Registered Trademark- brand vitamin products  yield higher margins for  the
Company  than  sales of  comparable private  label products.  Nearly all  of the
Company's product innovations  (including Proven Release-Registered  Trademark-,
Daily  Paks-Registered  Trademark-,  Naturalized-Registered  Trademark-  vitamin
products, Family Size packages and Phytograph-TM- herbal testing) are  initially
introduced  under  the  Your  Life-Registered Trademark-  label.  In  1993, Your
Life-Registered Trademark-  was  appointed  the exclusive  mass  market  vitamin
licensee of the United States Olympic Committee (through the 1996 Olympic games)
and  has developed a  marketing program based  on this appointment.  In order to
strengthen the Your Life-Registered Trademark- brand and expand the distribution
and sales  of  Your  Life-Registered  Trademark-  vitamin  products,  Leiner  is
increasing   marketing  and   advertising  expenditures   in  support   of  Your
Life-Registered Trademark-  from  approximately $8  million  in fiscal  1996  to
approximately  $10 million  in fiscal  1997. An  integral part  of this expanded
marketing program will be  a national radio  campaign featuring endorsements  by
well known personalities George Brett and Chuck Yeager.
 
    SELECTIVE  ACQUISITIONS.  In addition to internally generated growth, Leiner
intends to  expand  sales  and profitability  through  acquisitions  of  closely
related  businesses and product lines. Leiner  will focus on acquiring companies
that will add new distribution channels  or additional brands to complement  its
existing  business.  Although  the  Company  is  not  currently  considering any
acquisitions, it intends to review  acquisitions in the future as  opportunities
arise.
 
    INCREASE  OPERATING  MARGINS.   The  Company's  operating  margin, excluding
certain charges not expected to continue, has increased from 4.2% in fiscal 1993
to 6.2% in fiscal 1996. Excluded charges in fiscal 1993 include management  fees
of  $321,000 paid to AEA that are expected  to be discontinued and costs of $3.7
million related to the LHP Acquisition. Excluded charges in fiscal 1996  include
management  fees  of $350,000  paid  to AEA  and a  charge  of $4.7  million for
impairment of long-lived assets. In addition to continuing to control  operating
costs,  the Company intends to increase margins  by shifting its product mix and
further reducing manufacturing costs.
 
    Leiner intends to shift  its product mix to  increase the relative share  of
higher  margin  products  by  (i)  introducing  new  products,  including herbal
products, in the nutritional supplement subcategory, which typically earn higher
margins, (ii) developing new channels, such as international sales and warehouse
club stores, which sell a greater  proportion of higher margin branded  products
than   the  mass  market  generally  and  (iii)  promoting  the  sales  of  Your
Life-Registered Trademark- branded products through increased marketing support.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
    As a result of the Manufacturing Program, Leiner has experienced significant
reductions in costs  in its new  and expanded facilities.  The Company  believes
similar  opportunities  to realize  cost reductions  exist  with respect  to its
midwestern U.S. facilities.  The Company  has decreased  its operating  expenses
(i.e., marketing, selling, distribution, general and administrative expenses) as
a  percentage of net  sales from 20.8% in  fiscal 1993 to  18.5% in fiscal 1996,
illustrating  the  continuing  focus  of  Leiner's  management  on   controlling
operating costs. Although the Company expects operating expenses as a percentage
of  net sales to increase slightly in  fiscal 1997 due to the Company's decision
to increase  marketing support  of the  Your Life-Registered  Trademark-  brand,
management intends to continue its focus on controlling costs.
 
PRODUCTS
 
    The Company currently manufactures and markets more than 420 vitamin and OTC
pharmaceutical  products marketed in more than  6,200 SKUs. The Company includes
as separate products  different dosage  forms, potencies  and flavors.  Leiner's
products  are sold under its retail customers'  store names as well as under the
Company's own  brands, which  include  Your Life-Registered  Trademark-  vitamin
products  and  Pharmacist  Formula-Registered  Trademark-  OTC  pharmaceuticals.
Leiner also markets a line of specialty hair, skin and bath care products  under
its Bodycology-Registered Trademark- brand name.
 
    The  following table  sets forth  the net  sales of  the Company's principal
product lines from fiscal 1993 through fiscal 1996:
 
                           NET SALES BY PRODUCT LINE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                   ------------------------------------------
                                                                     1993       1994       1995       1996
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                 (IN MILLIONS)
Vitamin products.................................................  $   159.5  $   217.3  $   239.7  $   267.7
OTC pharmaceuticals..............................................       53.0       67.4       63.1       58.8
Other products...................................................       18.3       18.9       11.9       11.9
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   $   230.8  $   303.6  $   314.7  $   338.4
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    VITAMIN PRODUCTS
 
    The Company sells a full  line of vitamin products, including  approximately
320  products in more than 4,600 SKUs. The Company's products are sold in tablet
and capsule forms, and  in varying sizes with  different potencies, flavors  and
coatings.  Leiner is the  nation's largest manufacturer  and marketer of vitamin
products and estimates that it has  an approximately 50% share of private  label
and an approximately 20% share of overall vitamin product sales through the mass
market   channel   in   the   United   States.   In   addition,   Leiner's  Your
Life-Registered Trademark-  brand  is  one of  the  nation's  largest  broadline
vitamin product brands.
 
    The  following are  examples of  product innovations  and marketing programs
that have been introduced by the Company over the past years:
 
    -USP:  Leiner was the first vitamin product manufacturer to be certified  by
     an   independent  quality  assurance  laboratory   as  complying  with  USP
     manufacturing standards,  initially  adopted  in  January  1995.  Moreover,
     Leiner  has been producing  its vitamin products  (excluding certain of its
     vitamin  products  for  which  no  USP  standards  have  been  adopted)  to
     disintegration  and dissolution  standards in substantially  the form later
     adopted  by  the  USP  since  1991  and  was  the  first  vitamin   product
     manufacturer  to  market vitamin  products with  the  USP trademark  on the
     packaging. Leiner promotes  its innovation  in this area  under the  Proven
     Release-Registered  Trademark-  and  Release  Assured-Registered Trademark-
     trademarks.
 
    -NUTRITION INFORMATION  FOR  THE  CONSUMER:    The  Company  has  created  a
     nutrition information program for consumers and pharmacists, which includes
     informational  inserts, point of purchase nutritional information brochures
     and a toll  free telephone  information line to  answer customer  inquiries
     regarding   nutrition.  The  nutrition   information  program  has  enabled
     retailers to capitalize  on trends  towards self-care by  allowing them  to
     position  themselves as self-care centers, supplying consumers with vitamin
     products  and  information  describing  the  benefits  of  vitamin  product
     consumption.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    -PHYTOGRAPH-TM-  HERBAL TESTING:  Phytograph-TM-  herbal testing is Leiner's
     process of testing herbal products  to ensure that the active  constituents
     contained in the products are in conformity to the natural source.
 
    -DAILY  PAKS-REGISTERED  TRADEMARK-:   With  the introduction  of  its Daily
     Pak-Registered Trademark- products, Leiner was the first major manufacturer
     to introduce multiple  vitamin and  mineral pills that  are pre-sorted  and
     packaged  into  daily  pouches.  Leiner  has  developed  a  line  of  Daily
     Pak-Registered  Trademark-   products   which   include   vitamin   product
     combinations  that  target specific  consumer  needs. Examples  include the
     Women's Daily Pak-Registered Trademark-, the Men's Daily
     Pak-Registered Trademark-,  the Antioxidant  Pak-TM- and  the Select  Daily
     Pak-Registered   Trademark-  (for  seniors).  In  response  to  a  changing
     marketplace, a "new and improved"  line of Daily Pak-Registered  Trademark-
     products  was introduced in fiscal 1996,  which incorporates certain of the
     Company's new herbal products. Leiner is the leader in this segment with an
     estimated  54%  share,  according  to  management  estimates  and  industry
     sources.
 
    -NATURALIZED-REGISTERED   TRADEMARK-:    Recognizing  the  growing  consumer
     preference  for  products  free  of  unnecessary  additives,  the   Company
     introduced  its  Naturalized-Registered Trademark-  line of  national brand
     equivalent  vitamin  products.  These   products  are  formulated   without
     preservatives or artificial colors or flavors.
 
    -FAMILY SIZE:  To improve customer value, and to increase the average dollar
     sales  per unit for the retailer, the Company created "Family Size" vitamin
     product packages.  This innovation  has  allowed the  Company to  become  a
     leader in the emerging and rapidly growing warehouse club stores channel.
 
    -OLYMPIC  LICENSE:  In  1993, the Company's  Your Life-Registered Trademark-
     brand obtained the exclusive mass  market vitamin product license from  the
     United  States Olympic Committee. The license covered the 1994 winter games
     and extends through  the 1996  summer games.  The Company  has developed  a
     marketing  program  and  consumer  advertising to  take  advantage  of this
     appointment.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    REPRESENTATIVE PRODUCTS
 
    The following table sets forth  representative vitamin products marketed  by
the   Company,  and  where  appropriate,  the  names  of  comparable  nationally
advertised brands (which  names are owned  by others) with  which the  Company's
products  compete.  Virtually all  of the  Company's  products listed  below are
marketed under the Company's Your  Life-Registered Trademark- brand and  private
label.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             COMPARABLE NATIONALLY
             COMPANY PRODUCTS                  ADVERTISED BRANDS
- ------------------------------------------  ------------------------
<S>                                         <C>
NATIONAL BRAND EQUIVALENT VITAMIN PRODUCTS
  Central-Vite-Registered Trademark-        Centrum-Registered Trademark-
  Central-Vite                              Centrum
   Select-Registered Trademark-             Silver-Registered Trademark-
  Thera Plus-Registered Trademark-          Theragran
                                             M-Registered Trademark-
  Animal Chewable Multi                     Flintstones-Registered Trademark-
  My-A-Multi-Registered Trademark-          Myadec-Registered Trademark-
  Prenatal Tablets                          Stuart
                                            Prenatal-Registered Trademark-
  One Daily                                 One-A-Day-Registered Trademark-
  Stress Formula                            Stress
                                            Tabs-Registered Trademark-
  Ger-Tab-Registered Trademark-             Geritol-Registered Trademark-
  Vision Formula                            Ocuvite-Registered Trademark-
  Antioxidant Vitamin & Mineral Formula     Protegra-Registered Trademark-
  Ginkgo Biloba Tablets                     Ginkoba-TM-
  Ginseng                                   Ginsana-Registered Trademark-
  Hi-Cal 500                                Oscal-Registered Trademark-
  Calcium 600                               Caltrate-Registered Trademark-
  Fe-Tabs-TM-                               Feosol-Registered Trademark-
DAILY PAKS-REGISTERED TRADEMARK-
  Men's Daily Pak-Registered Trademark-
  Women's Daily Pak-Registered Trademark-
  Select Daily Pak-Registered Trademark-
  Antioxidant Pak-TM-
  Maximum Pak-Registered Trademark-
  Stress Pak-TM-
</TABLE>
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    COMPANY PRODUCTS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>
NATURAL VITAMIN PRODUCTS                     REGULAR VITAMIN PRODUCTS
  Vitamin A                                  B-Complex Supplement
  Beta Carotene                                Vitamin B-12
  Cod Liver Oil Vitamin A&D                    Vitamin B-6
  Time Release Balanced B-50, B-100            Niacin 100 mg
  Time Release B-12 (1000 mcg, 2000 mcg)       Folic Acid
  Time Release B-6                             Chewable Vitamin C with Acerola (100 mg,
  Balanced B Complex +C                         300 mg, 500 mg)
  Balanced B-50, B-100, B-150 Complex          Vitamin C (250 mg, 500 mg, 1000 mg)
  B-1 with Rice Bran                           Time Release Vitamin C
  B-6 with Yeast                               Chewable Vitamin C (orange)
  B-12 with Liver                              Vitamin E (200 I.U., 400 I.U., 800 I.U.,
  Time Release Vit. C w/Rose Hips (500 mg,      1000 I.U., 1200 I.U.)
   1000 mg, 1500 mg)                           Vitamin E Water Dispersible
  Vitamin C with Rose Hips (250 mg,            Vitamin E Plus Added Antioxidants
   500 mg, 1000 mg)                            Physically Active
  Vitamin E Blended (200 I.U., 400 I.U.,       Multivitamin/Multimineral
  1000 I.U.)                                   Women's Multivitamin/Multimineral
  Vitamin E d-Alpha (400 I.U., 1000 I.U.)      New & Improved Antioxidant Tablet
  Time Release Complete Multivitamin/          Space Kids-TM- Children's Chewable
   Multimineral                                Vitamins
  Time Release Maximum Choice                  All Purpose Multivitamin/Multimineral
  Hi Potency Multivitamin/Mineral              Chromium Picolinate
  Dieter's Multivitamin/Mineral                Chewable Calcium + D
  Iron-Free MultiVitamin & Mineral             Selenium Tablets
  Magnesium                                    Ferrous Sulfate
  Zinc Gluconate
  Potassium Gluconate
  Oyster Shell Calcium with D (250 mg,
   500 mg)
  Oyster Shell Calcium 500 mg
  Calcium, Magnesium & Zinc
  Calcium & Magnesium
  Hi Potency Iron
  Zinc Lozenges with Vitamins C and B-6
</TABLE>
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    COMPANY PRODUCTS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>
                                NUTRITIONAL SUPPLEMENTS
Herbal Products                              Other Nutritional Supplements
  Saw Palmetto                               Soya Lecithin
  Goldenseal                                   Aloe Vera
  Echinacea                                    Citrimax-TM- Weight Loss System*
  Valerian                                     Bee Pollen
  Ginkgo Biloba                                Evening Primrose Oil
  Ginseng                                      Pycnogenol-Registered Trademark-*
  Milk Thistle                                 Brewer's Yeast
  Ginger                                       Garlic Oil 1500 mg
  Bilberry                                     Garlic & Parsley
  Dong Quai                                    Fish Oil Concentrate 1000 mg
  Echinacea &                                  Papayazyme-TM-
   Goldenseal                                  CoEnzyme Q10
                                               L-Formula Lysine (500 mg & 1000 mg)
                                               Fast Release Lysine
                                               Concentrated Garlic
                                               Cranberry Capsules
                                               Imperial Ginseng
                                               Gelatin 5 gr
                                               Phyto-Nutrients-Registered Trademark- --
                                               Mixed Vegetable
                                                Tablets
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
* Trademark owned by third party. The Company sells product under license.
 
     OTC PHARMACEUTICALS
 
    With  its acquisition of XCEL in May  1992, the Company obtained a full line
of  OTC   pharmaceuticals.  The   Company  markets   over  100   different   OTC
pharmaceutical  products in  over 1,600  SKUs, including  products comparable to
most major national brands in the analgesic, cough and cold remedy and digestive
aid categories. The Company sells  its OTC pharmaceuticals under its  customers'
private    labels   as   well   as   its   own   broadline   brand,   Pharmacist
Formula-Registered Trademark-, first  introduced in 1989.  The Company  believes
that  it  is  one  of  the  nation's  largest  suppliers  of  private  label OTC
pharmaceuticals. The Company's products are  manufactured using the same  active
ingredients,  formulas and processes as those of competing nationally advertised
brands.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
    REPRESENTATIVE PRODUCTS
 
    The following table  sets forth representative  OTC pharmaceutical  products
marketed by the Company and the names of comparable nationally advertised brands
(which  names are  owned by others)  with which the  Company's products compete.
Virtually all of  the Company's  products listed  below are  marketed under  the
Company's Pharmacist Formula-Registered Trademark- brand and private label.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         COMPARABLE NATIONALLY
           COMPANY PRODUCTS                ADVERTISED BRANDS
- --------------------------------------  ------------------------
<S>                                     <C>
ANALGESICS
  Ibuprofen Tablets                     Advil-Registered Trademark-
                                          Tablets
  Pain Reliever Without Aspirin         Tylenol-Registered Trademark-
   (Acetaminophen)                        Tablets
  Fruit Flavored Non-Aspirin Chewables  Children's
                                        Tylenol-Registered Trademark-
  Non-Aspirin 160 mg Caplets            Tylenol-Registered Trademark-
                                          Junior Strength
  Children's Non-Aspirin Elixir         Children's
                                        Tylenol-Registered Trademark-
  Infant No-Aspirin Suspension Drops    Tylenol-Registered Trademark-
                                          Infant Drops
  Micro-coated Aspirin                  Bayer-Registered Trademark-
  Enteric Coated Aspirin                Ecotrin-Registered Trademark-
  Extra Strength Pain Reliever          Excedrin-Registered Trademark-
  Buffered Aspirin                      Bufferin-Registered Trademark-
COUGH AND COLD
  12-hour Nasal Spray                   Afrin-Registered Trademark-
  Nite Time Liquid                      Nyquil-Registered Trademark-
  Hista-Tabs                            Actifed-Registered Trademark-
  Tussin Expectorant                    Robitussin-Registered Trademark-
  Tap DM Elixir                         Dimetapp-Registered Trademark-
  Pseudoephedrine Tablets               Sudafed-Registered Trademark-
  Complete Allergy Medication Tablet    Benadryl-Registered Trademark-
  Flu & Cold Drink                      Thera-Flu-Registered Trademark-
  Nasal Spray 1/2%                      Neo-Synephrine-Registered Trademark-
  Nite Time Liquid Caps                 Nyquil-Registered Trademark-
                                          Liqui-Caps
  Daytime Liquid Caps                   Day
                                        Quil-Registered Trademark-
                                          Liqui-Caps
  Multisymptom Cold Tablets             Comtrex-Registered Trademark-
  Advanced Formula Cold Tablets         Dristan-Registered Trademark-
  Minicol                               Triaminicol-Registered Trademark-
ANTACIDS
  Pink Bismuth Liquid                   Pepto-Bismol-Registered Trademark-
  Antacid Liquid                        Maalox-Registered Trademark-
  Antacid Liquid with Simethicone       Mylanta-Registered Trademark-
  Antacid II Liquid with Simethicone    Mylanta
                                        II-Registered Trademark-
  Assorted Antacids Tablets             Tums-Registered Trademark-
LAXATIVES
  Natural Fiber Laxative                Metamucil-Registered Trademark-
  Women's Laxative Tablets              Correctol-Registered Trademark-
  Fiber Laxative Caplets                Fibercon-Registered Trademark-
ANTI-DIARRHEAL
  Loperamide Hydrochloride              Immodium
                                        AD-Registered Trademark-
                                          Caplets
</TABLE>
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
    SERVICES; OTHER PRODUCTS
 
    The   Company  offers  drug  repackaging   services  to  major  prescription
pharmaceutical wholesalers  and  a major  drug  store chain.  In  addition,  the
Company performs contract manufacturing services on a limited basis for selected
consumer products companies.
 
    In  order to leverage further its existing distribution system and marketing
expertise, the Company markets certain niche products. For example, the  Company
developed  and markets the  Bodycology-Registered Trademark- line  of hair, skin
and bath care products,  which are made according  to proprietary formulas  with
botanical    extracts,   and   are    non-animal   tested   and   biodegradable.
Bodycology-Registered Trademark- is  sold at a  discount to similar,  nationally
advertised products, such as those offered by The Body
Shop-Registered Trademark-.
 
CUSTOMERS, SALES AND MARKETING
 
    CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS
 
    Leiner's  vitamin and OTC pharmaceutical products  are sold in all 50 states
through more than 50,000 retail outlets. The Company's customers are mass market
retailers and  include the  country's 20  largest drug  store chains  (including
Walgreen,  American  Stores, Eckerd,  CVS,  Rite-Aid and  Revco),  18 of  the 20
largest supermarket chains (including Safeway, Winn-Dixie, Albertson's, A&P  and
Lucky  Stores), the  10 largest  mass merchandising  chains (including Wal-Mart,
Target, Kmart  and Venture)  and  the two  largest  warehouse clubs  (Sam's  and
PriceCostco).
 
    The Company has approximately 265 active customers. In fiscal 1996, Wal-Mart
and  Walgreen  accounted  for approximately  21%  and 13%,  respectively  of the
Company's net sales; each of the  Company's other major customers accounted  for
less  than 10% of the  Company's net sales. The  Company's top ten customers, in
aggregate, accounted for approximately 67% of the Company's net sales for fiscal
1996.
 
    The Company's  long-standing  customer  relationships  are  built  upon  its
commitment  to a high level of customer  service. The Company believes it has an
excellent  reputation  for  customer  service,   which  has  been  enhanced   by
consistently  shipping  complex  orders  complete  and  on  time,  and  has been
recognized by "vendor of the year"  awards from several of the nation's  leading
retailers,  including  Albertson's,  Revco, Rite-Aid,  Safeway  and  Target. The
Company, through its sales force  and account marketing managers, also  provides
retailers  with comprehensive sales and  marketing support, designed to maximize
retailers' sales and  profits, including integrated  schedules of  merchandising
programs,  advertising  and  promotions, and  category  management  services for
retailers' vitamin product sections.
 
    SALES FORCE
 
    The Company has a sales force of 32 professionals who regularly call on  the
Company's  customers  to develop  an in-depth  understanding of  each customer's
competitive environment  and opportunities.  Leiner's  sales force  enables  the
Company to establish close relationships with its customers. The Company's sales
department  consists of account managers organized into regional divisions. Each
regional sales manager has  broad authority in  negotiating with and  supporting
the  retail customers in  his territory. The  sales executives utilize financial
costing models,  which enable  the Company  to understand  the profitability  of
specific   sales  contracts.  The  Company  has  attracted  and  retained  sales
executives who  have been  trained at  many of  the leading  pharmaceutical  and
consumer  products companies. The Company believes its sales force constitutes a
competitive advantage over companies that  have less extensive sales forces  and
therefore rely more heavily on outside brokers.
 
    MARKETING SUPPORT
 
    The Company provides retailers with comprehensive marketing support designed
to maximize their sales and profits. Leiner's marketing activities are organized
into  three  operating groups:  (i) account  marketing, which  provides category
management and  marketing services  to retailers,  (ii) brand  marketing,  which
focuses  on supporting  the Company's  branded products,  and (iii)  new product
development,  which  develops  new  products  and  new  product  differentiation
strategies.
 
    The  Company, through its  account marketing managers,  acts as the category
manager of the vitamin product sections for several of the nation's largest mass
market retailers. As a category manager, the Company is able to utilize industry
sales  data  obtained  from  consumer  market  research  firms,  together   with
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
customer  sales data  (often received  through the  Company's on-line electronic
data interchange system),  to identify profit  enhancement opportunities and  to
develop and present to customers analyses and proposals regarding merchandising,
pricing  and  marketing  strategies. Leiner's  account  marketing  managers also
provide private  label customers  with creative  services (such  as artwork  for
promotions, advertisement layouts and label and packaging design). The Company's
category  management program and creative  services constitute significant sales
and marketing tools which strengthen Leiner's relationships with its customers.
 
    PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
 
    The brand management group  focuses on building the  sales of the  Company's
branded   products,   primarily  Your   Life-Registered  Trademark-   and  Daily
Paks-Registered Trademark-. The Company uses marketing programs for its  branded
products  similar to  those used for  the Company's private  label customers. In
addition to utilizing  retailer advertising vehicles,  the Company supports  its
brands  with consumer advertising,  in print and radio,  and with regular coupon
support provided through free standing inserts in newspapers across the country.
The Your Life-Registered Trademark- brand,  for example, is supported through  a
newly  implemented national radio campaign  featuring endorsements by well known
personalities George  Brett  and Chuck  Yeager.  To implement  this  advertising
support,   the  brand  marketing  group  conceives,  designs  and  places  print
advertisements and produces commercials and arranges for their airing.
 
    The new product development group seeks to develop new products in  response
to  scientific  research  and  consumer  trends  and  often  consults  with  the
Scientific Advisory  Board  in  developing  and  introducing  new  products.  In
addition to developing and introducing new products for the domestic market, the
new  product group is also responsible for developing formulations and packaging
for the  Company's  international  products,  as  well  as  obtaining  trademark
registrations  and  authorizations for  importation  and sale  of  the Company's
products in countries outside of the United States.
 
GRAPHICS AND PACKAGING EXPERTISE
 
    The Company's graphics design staff consists of 35 professionals who produce
design concepts,  artwork,  graphics  and  copy for  over  5,800  private  label
products  for approximately 265 customers. The Company believes its graphics and
packaging capabilities are an important  competitive advantage in servicing  the
complex  needs of the Company's private label customers. The graphics department
occupies approximately 8,000  square feet  in the  Company's Carson,  California
headquarters  facility  and  is  equipped  with  modern,  computer-aided  design
equipment and software.
 
    Leiner's in-house graphics capability facilitates quick turnaround times for
design projects  and  allows  the  Company's customers  to  participate  in  the
development and production of labeling and packaging. Leiner's customers benefit
from  Leiner's significant investment  in computer design  equipment, as well as
its in-house expertise in marketing strategies and regulatory matters applicable
to labels and  packaging. The  Company believes that  the competitive  advantage
derived  from its graphics facilities has been  enhanced by the increased use of
"structure/function" claims  and other  nutritional  claims on  vitamin  product
labels as result of DSHEA.
 
MANUFACTURING AND DISTRIBUTION
 
    MODERN FACILITIES
 
    Leiner's  facilities  consist of  approximately 1.3  million square  feet of
plant and office facilities in seven  locations and six states. The Company  has
the  largest  manufacturing capacity  in the  vitamin  products industry  and is
capable of packaging over 18 billion doses each year. In April 1995, Leiner  was
the first vitamin product manufacturer certified as being in compliance with USP
standards  for manufacturing vitamin products, which became effective in January
1995. The Company's facilities were audited by an independent quality  assurance
laboratory  and received  the laboratory's highest  rating category.  All of the
Company's manufacturing facilities also  have been audited by  the FDA and  have
been  found  to be  in  compliance with  the  FDA's "Current  Good Manufacturing
Practices for Finished Pharmaceutials" ("cGMP").
 
    Leiner  has  three  manufacturing   facilities  located  in  Garden   Grove,
California;   Chicago,   Illinois;   and   Kalamazoo,   Michigan.   The  primary
manufacturing facility  for  the  Company's  vitamin  products  is  its  138,500
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
square  foot  Garden Grove  plant. The  primary  manufacturing facility  for the
Company's OTC  pharmaceuticals is  the Company's  51,250 square  foot  Kalamazoo
plant.  In the event of a catastrophic  casualty to one of the Company's primary
vitamin or  OTC tableting  facilities,  the Company  has  the ability  to  shift
production  to other facilities.  The Company operates  38 tableting machines in
its  Garden  Grove,  California  facility  and  23  tableting  machines  in  its
Kalamazoo,   Michigan  facility.   The  Company  operates   four  packaging  and
distribution  facilities  located  in  Carson,  California;  West  Unity,  Ohio;
Madison,  Wisconsin; and Sherburne, New York, occupying 471,500, 190,500, 95,500
and 10,300 square feet, respectively. These facilities are equipped with a total
of 32 packaging lines.
 
    The Company's OTC pharmaceutical liquids  manufacturing is performed at  the
Company's  379,000 square foot  plant in Chicago,  Illinois. During fiscal 1996,
the Company  decided  to  significantly  reduce  the  size  of  its  liquid  OTC
manufacturing   business.  Accordingly,  the  Company  determined  that  certain
long-lived assets with a carrying amount  of $8,256,000 were impaired and  wrote
them down by $4,730,000 to their estimated fair values.
 
    The  Company purchases approximately 760  different bulk raw materials which
it mixes  into over  420 proprietary  formulations and  fabricates into  a  wide
variety  of tablets, caplets  and liquid products. Upon  receipt by the Company,
the raw  materials are  sampled and  tested in  the Company's  laboratories  and
compared  against rigid product specifications. After the bulk raw materials are
tested and released, they  are available to  the manufacturing department  where
they are weighed, mixed and (in the case of tableting) compressed. Finished bulk
products  are then packaged or  filled into a wide  variety of bottle counts and
labels producing over  6,200 SKUs.  The Company  performs comprehensive  quality
control  procedures from  the receipt  of raw  materials to  the release  of the
packaged product,  including extended  stability and  dissolution tests  on  the
finished  products. All of the Company's vitamin and OTC pharmaceutical products
are manufactured according to cGMP and all of the Company's vitamin products are
manufactured according to USP  standards (except for products  for which no  USP
standards   have  been  adopted).  In   addition,  the  Company's  manufacturing
activities include packaging bulk products purchased from certain suppliers.
 
    CUSTOMER SERVICE
 
    The Company  believes  that it  has  an excellent  reputation  for  customer
service,  which has been earned by consistently shipping complex orders complete
and on time. The Company has been recognized by "vendor of the year" awards from
several  of  the  nation's  leading  retailers,  including  Albertson's,  Revco,
Rite-Aid,  Safeway and  Target. In  order to  enhance its  customers' ability to
place orders efficiently  and accurately, Leiner  has established an  electronic
data  interchange ("EDI") system which links  Leiner electronically with many of
its customers.  The most  recent example  of the  Company's commitment  to  high
levels  of  customer service  and superior  order  fulfillment is  the Company's
implementation of a vendor managed inventory system ("VMI"). As part of the  VMI
process,  the Company electronically  receives sales data  generated by scanning
equipment at its customers' cashier stations or warehouses. Using this data, the
Company monitors and  automatically restocks customer  inventory as needed.  The
EDI  and VMI systems  allow paperless order placement  and increase the accuracy
and timeliness of order processing, while enabling the customer and the  Company
to  decrease  inventory  levels  without  losing  sales  due  to  products being
out-of-stock. In addition, by communicating customer sales data to the  Company,
VMI  allows the  Company to  better anticipate  customer needs  and enhances the
Company's ability to manage production scheduling. The Company believes that  it
is  a  leader among  vitamin product  manufacturers  and marketers  in providing
advanced order processing services and expects  to provide these services to  an
increasing  number of customers.  The Company also believes  that its new modern
manufacturing and distribution facilities provide the Company with an  increased
capability  to respond quickly to customers'  sales orders while maintaining the
highest level of quality control.
 
    MANUFACTURING PROGRAM/COST REDUCTION
 
    Leiner is committed to being a low cost producer of vitamin products and OTC
pharmaceuticals.  In   support  of   this   commitment,  Leiner   has   invested
approximately  $20.2  million since  fiscal 1994  in  the implementation  of its
Manufacturing Program  with  respect to  its  western U.S.  facilities  and  has
invested
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
approximately   $3.7  million  in  modern  equipment  for  its  midwestern  U.S.
facilities. In addition, the Company intends  to invest up to approximately  $10
million  in low cost  manufacturing equipment and  distribution enhancements for
its midwestern facilities.
 
    The XCEL Acquisition,  as well  as other  acquisitions made  by the  Company
prior  to 1989,  resulted in  a number  of separate  facilities with overlapping
functions, creating opportunities  to realize manufacturing  cost reductions  by
consolidating  the acquired  facilities into  a smaller  number of  larger, more
efficient units equipped with modern  tableting equipment. In response to  these
opportunities in fiscal 1994, Leiner formulated the Manufacturing Program, which
called  for the consolidation and expansion of its western tablet manufacturing,
packaging and distribution  facilities. The Company  consolidated two  packaging
facilities  and one distribution facility into one combined operation in Carson,
California,  increasing  the  aggregate  space  dedicated  to  distribution  and
packaging  from 266,000 to 403,000 square feet.  As a result of moving packaging
operations out of the Company's Garden Grove, California facility and dedicating
that facility primarily to tableting, the total tableting space at Garden  Grove
has been expanded from 66,000 to 120,000 square feet.
 
    The  Company  has  benefited  from  its  significant  investments  in modern
tableting and  packaging  equipment.  The Company's  newly  purchased  tableting
presses  run significantly faster than its  older equipment and have reduced raw
material yield loss. In addition, the new presses' advanced design and  computer
controls  allow  quicker  setups and  longer  runs between  cleanups.  The newly
purchased packaging equipment also runs significantly faster than the  Company's
older  equipment  and  allows  the  Company  to  reduce  changeover  time, which
increases packaging throughput and flexibility. The consolidation and consequent
simplification of the Company's manufacturing system have allowed the Company to
benefit from economies of scale (through  increased average batch sizes) and  to
reduce  manufacturing costs  (through reduced  overhead and  handling associated
with multiple  subscale  facilities). The  Company  has also  reduced  packaging
changeover downtime by increased dedication of lines by bottle size.
 
    As  a  result  of  the Manufacturing  Program,  the  Company's  western U.S.
facilities have  realized  the following  benefits:  tableting costs  per  1,000
tablets  have decreased approximately 12% and distribution costs as a percentage
of sales have  decreased 10.3%.  In fiscal  1996, the  Manufacturing Program  in
fiscal  1996 reduced tableting  costs by approximately  $1.0 million and reduced
distribution costs by  $1.5 million.  The Company's  western tableting  capacity
increased  by over 135%  (or 5.2 billion tablets  annually) and western bottling
capacity has increased by over 80% (or 45 million bottles annually). The Company
believes similar opportunities  to realize manufacturing  cost reductions  exist
with  respect to Leiner's midwestern facilities, and the Company plans to invest
in low  cost  manufacturing equipment  and  distribution enhancements  for  this
purpose.
 
PURCHASED MATERIALS
 
    The  Company believes  it is  the largest  purchaser of  vitamin product raw
materials in the United States and,  as a result, receives volume discounts  and
other benefits that the Company believes give it a competitive advantage.
 
    The  Company purchases certain important ingredients and products, which the
Company cannot manufacture,  from third party  suppliers. The Company  currently
has  supply arrangements with  several suppliers of  these products and believes
that these products are  readily available from  numerous sources. However,  the
loss  of its  largest supplier  would have a  temporary adverse  effect upon its
operations.
 
    Although the  Company's  top  two  suppliers  during  fiscal  1996  provided
approximately  15% and 12%, respectively,  of the Company's materials purchased,
the Company's raw materials  are generally available  from numerous sources.  No
other  single supplier accounts for more than  10% of the Company's raw material
purchases.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The markets for the Company's  products are highly competitive. The  Company
competes  on  the  basis  of  customer  service,  product  quality,  pricing and
marketing support. In the vitamin product business, the
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
Company believes  that  its  major  competitors  are  Pharmavite  Corp.,  Rexall
Sundown, Inc. and NBTY, Inc. (manufacturer of Nature's Bounty vitamin products).
In the OTC pharmaceutical business, the Company believes its major competitor is
Perrigo Company.
 
    The  Company sells  substantially all  of its  vitamin products  in the mass
market. Although the Company  does not currently  participate in other  channels
such as health food stores, direct mail and direct sales, the Company's products
may  face competition from  such alternative channels  as more customers utilize
these channels  of distribution  to  obtain vitamin  products. The  mass  market
channel accounted for approximately 52% of all vitamin product sales in calendar
year 1995.
 
    The  Company competes  with other  major private  label and  broadline brand
manufacturers, certain of which are larger and have access to greater  resources
than   the  Company.  Among  other  factors,  competition  among  private  label
manufacturers is based  upon price. If  one or more  private label or  broadline
brand  manufacturers  significantly reduce  their prices  in  an effort  to gain
market share, the Company's  results of operations or  market position could  be
adversely  affected. However,  the Company  believes that  it competes favorably
with other companies because of its (i) low manufacturing costs, (ii) sales  and
marketing  strategies, (iii) customer service (including complexity and speed of
delivery) and (iv) reputation of being a quality supplier of products.
 
    The Company also competes with manufacturers of nationally advertised  brand
name   products  such  as  American  Home  Products,  Bayer  Group  and  Bristol
Myers/Squibb, which are  larger and  have resources  substantially greater  than
those  of the Company. In the future, one  or more of these companies could seek
to compete  more  directly  with  the Company  by  manufacturing  private  label
products  or  by  significantly  lowering the  prices  of  their  national brand
products. The Company  believes, however, that  the mass-oriented  manufacturing
and  marketing methods used  by national brand manufacturers  are less suited to
the customized packaging and marketing requirements of private label  customers,
which  the Company satisfies by utilizing its packaging and graphics facilities.
See "-- Graphics and Packaging Expertise."
 
TRADEMARKS AND PATENTS
 
    The Company owns  trademarks registered  with the United  States Patent  and
Trademark  Office and/or certain countries for  its 127 trademarks. In addition,
the Company has applications pending for 62 trademark registrations. The Company
regards its  trademarks and  other  proprietary rights  as valuable  assets  and
believes they are important in the marketing of the Company's products. Leiner's
most  significant trademarks include Your Life-Registered Trademark-, Pharmacist
Formula-Registered  Trademark-,  Proven  Release-Registered  Trademark-,   Daily
Pak-Registered Trademark-, Naturalized-Registered Trademark-,
Central-Vite-Registered Trademark-, Phytograph-TM- and
Bodycology-Registered Trademark-. The Company vigorously protects its trademarks
against infringement.
 
    The  Company does  not have  any patents  on its  proprietary processes. The
Company believes that it can better protect its trade secrets by maintaining the
confidentiality of the relevant information as opposed to generating the  public
exposure inherent in the procedure of applying for patents.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL
 
    The  Company is  subject to various  federal, state  and local environmental
laws and regulations. The costs of complying with such laws and regulations have
not been, and are not expected to be, material to the business of the Company.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The  manufacturing,   processing,  formulation,   packaging,  labeling   and
advertising  of the Company's products are subject  to regulation by one or more
federal agencies, including the  FDA, the FTC and  the CPSC. The activities  are
also  regulated by various  agencies of the  states and localities  in which the
Company's products are sold. In  addition, the Company manufactures and  markets
certain  of  its  products  in compliance  with  the  guidelines  promulgated by
voluntary standard organizations, such as the USP.
 
    FDA
 
    The United States Food and  Drug Administration ("FDA") exercises  authority
over  three aspects of the Company's business: (i) the labeling and marketing of
dietary supplements, (ii) the labeling and marketing of OTC pharmaceuticals  and
(iii) the operation of its manufacturing and packaging facilities.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
    DIETARY  SUPPLEMENTS.   The Dietary Supplement  Health and  Education Act of
1994 (DSHEA) was enacted on October 25,  1994 and amends the Federal Food,  Drug
and  Cosmetic  Act  to (i)  define  supplements,  (ii) improve  the  process for
introducing new dietary ingredients,  (iii) permit "nutritional support"  claims
for  all  vitamin  products,  including herbal  products  and  other nutritional
supplements, and (iv)  permit the  use of published  literature in  the sale  of
vitamin products. Dietary supplements are regulated as foods under DSHEA and the
FDA is prohibited from regulating the dietary ingredients in supplements as food
additives,  or  the  supplements as  drugs  unless product  claims  trigger drug
status.
 
    DSHEA provides for  specific nutritional labeling  requirements for  dietary
supplements.  The FDA  has proposed  the form  of these  requirements, which are
proposed to  become  effective January  1,  1998. DSHEA  permits  substantiated,
truthful  and non-misleading  statements of  nutritional support  to be  made in
labeling, including describing the positive  effects on general well-being  from
consumption  of  a dietary  ingredient  or the  role  of a  nutrient  or dietary
ingredient in affecting  or maintaining structure  or function of  the body.  In
addition, DSHEA also authorizes the FDA to promulgate current good manufacturing
practices  specific to  the manufacture  of dietary  supplements, to  be modeled
after  food  current  good   manufacturing  practices.  The  Company   currently
manufactures  its dietary supplement products pursuant  to the more detailed OTC
pharmaceutical current good manufacturing practices.
 
    The FDA  has begun  proposing regulations  to implement  DSHEA. The  Company
cannot  determine what effect  such regulations, when  promulgated, will have on
its business in the  future. Regulations in the  form currently proposed by  the
FDA  will likely require, among other things, expanded or different labeling. In
addition, regulations promulgated by the  FDA in the future could  significantly
limit  certain provisions of DSHEA  that are beneficial to  the sales of vitamin
products. See "Risk Factors -- Potential For Increased Government Regulation."
 
    The Nutrition  Labeling and  Education Act  of 1990  (the "NLEA"),  in  part
modified  by  DSHEA, requires  the FDA  to  establish regulations  (i) governing
nutrition labeling of all foods, including dietary supplements, (ii)  regulating
the  use  of nutrient  content  descriptors (e.g.,  "high"  or "low")  and (iii)
establishing permitted health claims. The FDA issued final regulations under the
NLEA in January 1993. A limited  number of Company's vitamin products are  foods
subject  to all  of the  January 1993  NLEA regulations;  most Company's vitamin
products are dietary supplements subject to the health claim regulations only.
 
    Based on the changes to the NLEA effected by DSHEA, the FDA has proposed new
dietary supplement  regulations  (i)  adopting standard  formats  for  nutrition
information on dietary supplement labels and (ii) applying existing approved and
proposed new descriptors to dietary supplements. Under the current FDA proposal,
the  nutrition information  and descriptor  regulations for  dietary supplements
would apply to packages labeled on or after January 1, 1998. Previously  labeled
packages  could  be  sold  through  the  distribution  chain.  The  health claim
regulations took effect  for packages  labeled, or  claims made,  after July  1,
1994.  While packages  labeled before  July 1,  1994 are  protected from charges
under the NLEA  for making unapproved  health claims, the  FDA is not  prevented
from  using these health  claims to allege  that the relevant  product is a drug
and, therefore,  is subject  to  applicable drug  regulations. The  Company  has
established  accounting  reserves in  connection  with the  anticipated  cost of
complying with the new regulations, which the Company believes are adequate.
 
    The Company cannot determine what effect the FDA's future regulations,  when
and  if promulgated, would have on its  business in the future. Such regulations
could, however,  among  other  things, require  expanded  documentation  of  the
properties   of  certain   products,  or   scientific  substantiation  regarding
ingredients, product claims or safety.  In addition, the Company cannot  predict
whether  new legislation regulating the Company's activities will be enacted, or
what the effect any such legislation would have on the Company's business.
 
    OTC PHARMACEUTICALS.  FDA regulation of OTC pharmaceuticals takes two forms.
Most of the Company's OTC pharmaceutical products are governed by FDA monographs
covering well-known ingredients  and specifying, among  other things,  permitted
claims, required warnings and precautions, allowable combinations of ingredients
and  dosage  levels. Marketing  a  product governed  by  a monograph  or pending
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
monograph requires  no prior  approval  of the  FDA,  only compliance  with  the
applicable  monograph. Monographs  may be  changed from  time to  time requiring
formulation, packaging or labeling changes  for an affected product. While  such
changes  may  cause the  Company to  incur  costs to  comply with  such changes,
disruption of distribution or material obsolescence of inventory due to any such
changes is not likely.
 
    In the future, the Company may desire to market as over-the-counter products
previously "prescription only" pharmaceutical  ("RxOTC switch products"),  which
require  FDA approval before the products can be marketed. The marketing of such
products by the Company  will require that the  Company obtain FDA approvals  or
arrange  to  obtain  such products  from  manufacturers that  have  obtained FDA
approval. In addition, the Drug Price Competition & Patent Term Restoration  Act
of  1984 (the  Hatch-Waxman Amendments to  the Federal Food,  Drug, and Cosmetic
Act) gives  a three-year  period  of marketing  exclusivity  to a  company  that
obtains FDA approval of a switch requiring clinical evidence of effectiveness of
the  OTC pharmaceutical dose. Unless  Leiner establishes relationships with such
companies having exclusive  marketing rights,  the Company's  ability to  market
RxOTC  switch products and  offer its customers  products comparable to national
brand products would be delayed until the expiration of the exclusivity  granted
to  the company initiating such a switch. There can be no assurance that, in the
event that the Company applies for FDA approvals, the Company would obtain  such
approvals  to market RxOTC  switch products or,  alternatively, that the Company
would be able to obtain such products from other manufacturers.
 
    MANUFACTURING AND PACKAGING.  All facilities where foods (including  dietary
supplements)  and pharmaceuticals are manufactured,  packed, warehoused, or sold
must comply with  the FDA  manufacturing standards  applicable to  that type  of
product.  All of the Company's products  are manufactured according to cGMP. The
failure  of  a  facility  to  be  in   compliance  may  lead  to  a  breach   of
representations  made to private label customers or to regulatory action against
the products made in that facility, including seizure, injunction or recall. The
Company believes that its facilities are in compliance in all material  respects
with cGMP and other applicable requirements for each facility.
 
    CPSC
 
    The United States Consumer Product Safety Commission ("CPSC") has authority,
under  the  Poison  Prevention  Packaging  Act,  to  designate  those  products,
including vitamin products and OTC pharmaceuticals, that require child resistant
closures to  help reduce  the  incidence of  poisonings.  The CPSC  has  adopted
regulations  requiring numerous OTC  pharmaceuticals and iron-containing dietary
supplements to have such closures, and has adopted rules on the testing of  such
closures  by both children  and adults. The Company,  working with its packaging
suppliers, believes that it is in compliance with all CPSC requirements.
 
    FTC
 
    The  United  States  Federal  Trade  Commission  ("FTC")  exercises  primary
jurisdiction  over the advertising  and other promotional  practices of food and
OTC pharmaceutical marketers, and has concurrent jurisdiction with the FDA  over
the  advertising and promotional practices  of marketers of dietary supplements.
The FTC has historically applied  a different standard to health-related  claims
than  the FDA; the  FTC has applied  a "substantiation standard,"  which is less
restrictive than the standard  under the NLEA. The  FTC NLEA enforcement  policy
uses  FDA regulations as a  baseline (and safe harbor)  and permits (i) nutrient
content descriptions that  are reasonable synonyms  of FDA-permitted terms,  and
(ii)  qualified health claims not approved  by FDA where adequate substantiation
exists for the qualified or limited claims.
 
    STATE REGULATION
 
    All states regulate foods and drugs  under local laws that parallel  federal
statutes.  Because  the  NLEA gave  the  states  the authority  to  enforce many
labeling prohibitions  of  the  Federal  Food, Drug,  and  Cosmetic  Act,  after
notification  to the FDA, the Company and other dietary supplement manufacturers
may be subject  to increasing  state scrutiny for  NLEA compliance,  as well  as
increasing FDA review.
 
    The  Company's operations  and products  are also  subject to  special state
laws, such  as the  California Safe  Drinking Water  and Toxic  Enforcement  Act
(commonly  known  as  "Proposition  65"). Under  Proposition  65,  chemicals are
subject to  being  identified by  the  State  of California  as  carcinogens  or
reproductive toxicants.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
    For  several  years  the  California  Attorney  General's  Office  has  been
investigating the Proposition 65 implications of the presence of minute  amounts
of lead in the calcium supplement products sold by the Company and others in the
industry.  Lead is  a listed chemical  under Proposition 65.  Subject to certain
exceptions and defenses, some  of which the Company  believes are applicable  to
it,  a  person  who knowingly  and  intentionally  exposes another  to  a listed
chemical is  subject to  enforcement  proceedings, including  substantial  civil
penalties, unless an adequate warning is provided. Neither the Company nor other
members of the industry have been providing such warnings. The Company's calcium
products comply with all federal regulations governing lead content.
 
    The  Company has cooperated with the Attorney General's investigation, which
the Company understands  is in  its final stages.  It is  uncertain whether  the
Attorney  General will take any enforcement  action under Proposition 65 or what
form any enforcement  action would  take. Under  certain circumstances,  private
plaintiffs  are  permitted to  file enforcement  actions  against those  who are
alleged to  be  violating Proposition  65,  even  if the  Attorney  General  has
declined to act. The Company does not believe that the resolution of this matter
will have a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
    USP
    The  United States  Pharmacopoeial Convention,  Inc. is  a non-governmental,
voluntary standard-setting organization. Its drug standards are incorporated  by
reference  into the Federal Food,  Drug, and Cosmetic Act  as the standards that
must be met  for the  listed drugs, unless  compliance with  those standards  is
specifically  disclaimed. USP standards exist  for most OTC pharmaceuticals. The
FDA requires USP compliance as part of cGMP.
 
    The USP began adopting standards for vitamin and mineral dietary supplements
in  1994.  These  standards  cover  composition  (both  of  nutrient  ingredient
combinations,  and "other  ingredients," i.e.,  those used  as binders, fillers,
colorants, or  other  incidental ingredients),  disintegration  and  dissolution
requirements,  and  cGMP requirements.  The  USP promulgated  disintegration and
dissolution standards that became requirements of USP compliance in 1995.  While
USP standards in this area are voluntary, and not incorporated into federal law,
customers  of the Company may demand that  products they are supplied meet these
standards. In addition, the FDA may in the future require compliance, or such  a
requirement  may be included  in new dietary supplement  legislation. All of the
Company's vitamin products (excluding certain of its vitamin products for  which
no USP standards have been adopted) comply with existing USP standards.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND PRODUCT LIABILITY
 
    Due  to a strong epidemiological link  between the ingestion of L-Tryptophan
and a blood disorder known  as eosinophilia myalgia syndrome ("EMS")  discovered
in   1989,  numerous  manufacturers,  distributors,  suppliers,  importers,  and
retailers of  L-Tryptophan  or  products containing  L-Tryptophan  are  or  were
defendants  in an  estimated 2,000  actions brought  in federal  or state courts
seeking compensatory and, in some  cases, punitive damages for alleged  personal
injuries   resulting  from   the  ingestion   of  certain   products  containing
L-Tryptophan. As of May 13, 1996,  the Company and/or certain of its  customers,
many  of whom  have tendered  their defense  to the  Company, had  been named in
approximately 650 lawsuits of which  approximately 640 have been settled.  There
has  been no indication that EMS was  caused by any formulation or manufacturing
fault of the Company  and extensive evidence now  indicates that some  shipments
from  a single raw material supplier may have caused the illness. As a result of
the Defense and Indemnification Agreement  described below, to date the  Company
has  not  been required  to make  any payments  towards the  cost of  defense or
settlement for any of these lawsuits.
 
    The  Company  and  certain  other  companies  in  the  industry,   including
distributors,  wholesalers and retailers (the "Indemnified Group"), have entered
into an  agreement  (the  "Defense  and  Indemnification  Agreement")  with  the
Company's  supplier  of  bulk  L-Tryptophan,  Showa  Denko  America,  Inc.  (the
"Supplier"), under which  the Supplier, a  U.S. subsidiary of  a major  Japanese
corporation, Showa Denko K.K., has assumed the defense of all claims against the
Indemnified  Group arising out of the ingestion of L-Tryptophan products and has
agreed to pay  the legal fees  and expenses  in that defense.  The Supplier  has
agreed  to indemnify  the Indemnified  Group against  any judgments  and to fund
settlements arising out of those actions and  claims if it is determined that  a
cause    of    the    injuries    sustained   by    the    plaintiffs    was   a
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
constituent in the bulk material sold by the Supplier to the Indemnified  Group,
except  for certain claims  relating to punitive damages.  To date, the Supplier
has funded all settlements and paid all legal fees and expenses incurred by  the
Indemnified Group.
 
    Of  the remaining ten cases, management of  the Company does not expect that
the Company will be  required to make any  material payments in connection  with
their  resolution  by  virtue  of  the  Defense  and  Indemnification Agreement.
Accordingly, no provision has been made in the Company's Consolidated  Financial
Statements for any loss that may result from the remaining actions. In the event
that the Supplier ceases to honor the Defense and Indemnification Agreement, the
Company  has product liability insurance which it believes will provide adequate
coverage for any  remaining liability  for compensatory  damages, legal  defense
costs  and, in certain states, punitive damages,  in each case, arising from its
sales of the L-Tryptophan, subject to deductibles not to exceed $900,000 in  the
aggregate.  Although it is possible  that the Company or  its customers could be
named as defendants in new lawsuits, the  Company has been advised by its  legal
advisors that, in addition to the indemnification provided under the Defense and
Indemnification  Agreement, the Company  would likely be  able to defend against
such lawsuits on the basis of an expired statute of limitations.
 
    The Company  is  currently  engaged  in  various  other  legal  actions  and
governmental  proceedings, and, although ultimate liability cannot be determined
at the present time, the Company is currently of the opinion that the amount  of
any  such liability  from these other  actions and proceedings  when taking into
consideration the Company's product liability coverage, will not have a material
adverse impact on its financial position.
 
    The  Company,  like  other  retailers,  distributors  and  manufacturers  of
products  that  are ingested,  faces  an inherent  risk  of exposure  to product
liability claims in the event that, among other things, the use of its  products
results  in  injury. With  respect to  product  liability coverage,  the Company
currently has an  aggregate of  $47.0 million of  insurance coverage,  including
primary  products liability and umbrella  liability coverage with deductibles of
(i) in the case of OTC pharmaceuticals, $100,000 per claim subject to an annual,
aggregate deductible limit of $1.0 million and  (ii) in the case of vitamin  and
all  other  products,  $100,000  per  claim,  subject  to  an  annual, aggregate
deductible limit of $1.0 million.
 
PROPERTIES
 
    The following table sets  forth the location,  square footage and  ownership
interest  in each of the Company's  principal facilities. See " -- Manufacturing
and Distribution"  for  a description  of  the Company's  ongoing  consolidation
program.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            APPROX.    LEASED OR
      LOCATION                         TYPE OF FACILITY                   SQUARE FEET    OWNED
- ---------------------  -------------------------------------------------  -----------  ---------
<S>                    <C>                                                <C>          <C>
Carson, CA             Packaging, distribution and corporate offices         471,500   Leased
Garden Grove, CA       Manufacturing                                         138,500   Leased
Chicago, IL            Manufacturing                                         379,000   Owned
Kalamazoo, MI          Manufacturing                                          51,250   Owned
West Unity, OH         Packaging and distribution                            190,500   Leased
Sherburne, NY          Packaging and distribution                             10,300   Owned
Madison, WI            Packaging and distribution                             95,500   Owned
</TABLE>
 
    The  Company believes that  its facilities and  equipment generally are well
maintained and in good operating condition.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of  March  31,  1996,  the  Company  had  approximately  1,185  full-time
employees.   Approximately   215  employees   were   engaged  in   executive  or
administrative capacities  and  approximately  970  employees  were  engaged  in
manufacturing,  packaging  or  distribution. In  addition,  the  Company employs
approximately 660 temporary employees. The  large number of temporary  employees
gives  the Company significant flexibility to adjust staffing levels in response
to  seasonal  fluctuations  in  demand.  None  of  the  Company's  employees  is
represented  by  a collective  bargaining unit.  The  management of  the Company
considers its relations with its employees to be good.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
 
    The following  table  sets  forth the  name,  age  at March  31,  1996,  and
positions  of each person who is a director or executive officer of the Company.
Effective as of March 31, 1994, each  executive officer of LHP was appointed  to
serve  as  an executive  officer  of Leiner  Health  Products Group  Inc. Unless
otherwise indicated, each executive officer of Leiner Health Products Group Inc.
holds identical executive  officer positions  with LHP,  Leiner Health  Products
Group  Inc.'s sole operating  subsidiary, as he  or she does  with Leiner Health
Products Group Inc. Officers serve at the discretion of the board of directors.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              NAME                   AGE                           POSITION
- --------------------------------     ---     ----------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>        <C>
Francis C. Rooney, Jr. (a)(b)        74      Director; Chairman of the Board*
Robert M. Kaminski (a)               45      Director; Chief Executive Officer
Gale K. Bensussen                    49      Director; President
David F. Brubaker                    51      Director; Chairman and Founder of LHP
Kevin J. Lanigan                     49      Executive  Vice  President   and  Chief   Operations
                                              Officer
Diane J. Beardsley                   41      Senior  Vice President, Chief  Financial Officer and
                                              Treasurer
Stanley J. Kahn                      43      Senior Vice President - Sales
Howard L. Clark (c)                  80      Director
Hamish Maxwell (c)                   69      Director
Carl M. Mueller (b)                  75      Director
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
 *  Holds position with Leiner Health Products Group Inc. only.
 
(a) Member of the Executive Committee.
 
(b) Member of the Compensation Committee.
 
(c) Member of the Audit Committee.
 
    The principal occupations and positions for at least the past five years  of
each of the directors and executive officers of the Company are as follows:
 
    Francis  C. Rooney, Jr.,  has been a  Director and Chairman  of the Board of
Directors of the Company  since June 1992. Since  November 1990, Mr. Rooney  has
been  Chairman and Chief Executive  Officer of H.H. Brown  Shoe Co. From 1975 to
1987,  Mr.  Rooney  was  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of   Melville
Corporation.  From 1964  to 1975, Mr.  Rooney was President  and Chief Executive
Officer of Melville Corporation.
 
    Robert M. Kaminski has been  a Director of the  Company since June 1992  and
Chief  Executive Officer  of the  Company since  March 1994.  He has  been Chief
Executive Officer of LHP  since May 1992.  From 1988 to  1992, Mr. Kaminski  was
Chief Operating Officer of the Predecessor Company and from 1982 to 1988, he was
Vice  President  - Sales  of the  Predecessor Company.  Mr. Kaminski  joined the
Predecessor Company in 1978.
 
    Gale K. Bensussen has  been a Director  of the Company  since June 1992  and
President  of the Company since March 1994. He  has been a Director of LHP since
June 1992 and President  of LHP since  May 1992. Mr.  Bensussen was Senior  Vice
President  Marketing and Corporate  Development of the  Predecessor Company from
May 1991 to May 1992. From July 1988 to May 1991, Mr. Bensussen was Senior  Vice
President - Sales and Marketing of the Predecessor Company. Mr. Bensussen joined
the Predecessor Company in 1974.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
    David  F. Brubaker became a Director of  the Company in June 1992. He became
Chairman and Founder of  LHP in May  1992. From 1984 to  1992, Mr. Brubaker  was
President  of the Predecessor Company. In 1973, Mr. Brubaker founded the vitamin
division of P. Leiner & Sons America, which ultimately became LHP.
 
    Kevin J.  Lanigan  became  Executive Vice  President  and  Chief  Operations
Officer  of the Company in March 1994 and of LHP in May 1992. From 1986 to 1992,
Mr. Lanigan was Senior Vice President  - Operations Planning of the  Predecessor
Company  and, from 1979 to 1986, was Vice President - Operations. Before joining
the Predecessor Company in  1973, he held various  engineering positions in  the
aerospace industry.
 
    Diane  J. Beardsley became Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
of the Company in March 1994 and of LHP in May 1992. From November 1988 to 1992,
Ms. Beardsley was Vice  President - Chief Financial  Officer of the  Predecessor
Company  and, from April 1988 to November  1988, was Corporate Controller of the
Predecessor Company.  Ms.  Beardsley  joined a  subsidiary  of  the  Predecessor
Company as Controller in 1986.
 
    Stanley J. Kahn became Senior Vice President - Sales of the Company in March
1994  and of LHP  in May 1992.  From September 1989  to 1992, Mr.  Kahn was Vice
President - Sales of  the Predecessor Company and,  from July 1988 to  September
1989,  was  Vice President  - Business  Development. Mr.  Kahn was  National Key
Account Manager from 1985  to 1988. Mr. Kahn  joined the Predecessor Company  in
1980 as Regional Sales Manager.
 
    Howard  L. Clark  has been a  Director of  the Company since  June 1992. Mr.
Clark was Chief Executive Officer of American Express Company from 1960 to 1977,
first as  President and  then as  Chairman of  the Board.  Mr. Clark  is also  a
director of Fund American Enterprises, Inc.
 
    Hamish  Maxwell has  been a  Director of  the Company  since June  1992. Mr.
Maxwell was Chairman  of the Executive  Committee of the  Board of Directors  of
Philip  Morris Companies  Inc. ("Philip  Morris") from  September 1991  to April
1995. He was  Chairman and Chief  Executive Officer of  Philip Morris from  1984
until  his retirement in 1991.  Mr. Maxwell is also  a director of Bankers Trust
New York Corporation, The News Corporation Limited and Sola International Inc.
 
    Carl M. Mueller became a Director of  the Company in June 1992. Mr.  Mueller
was  Vice Chairman of Bankers Trust Company  from 1977 to June 1985. Mr. Mueller
is also a director of Teltrend Inc.
 
    The Company's  directors  hold  office  until the  next  annual  meeting  of
stockholders   or  until  their  respective  successors  are  duly  elected  and
qualified. The Company  will pay each  director who  is not an  employee of  the
Company  or AEA a fee of $5,000 per  year for services as a director, except for
the Chairman of the Board of Directors,  who receives an annual fee of  $25,000,
plus  $500 for each meeting of the  board of directors attended, plus reasonable
travel expenses.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table  sets forth the  compensation of each  of the  Company's
chief  executive officer and the four most highly paid executive officers (other
than the chief executive officer) (collectively, the "named executive officers")
for fiscal 1996.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     LONG TERM
                                                                                                   COMPENSATION
                                                                                                      AWARDS
                                                                ANNUAL COMPENSATION (1)            -------------
                                                      -------------------------------------------   SECURITIES
                                                                                    OTHER ANNUAL    UNDERLYING
                                                         SALARY          BONUS      COMPENSATION      OPTIONS
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                                ($)          ($)[*]           ($)            (#)
- ----------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Robert M. Kaminski .................................
   Chief Executive Officer                            $     384,500                      --
Gale K. Bensussen ..................................
   President                                                237,500                      --
David F. Brubaker ..................................
   Chairman and Founder of LHP                              376,000                      --
Kevin J. Lanigan ...................................
   Executive Vice President                                 198,000                      --
Stanley J. Kahn ....................................
   Senior Vice President                                    237,500                      --
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
(1) The compensation described in this table does not include medical and  group
    life  insurance received by the named executive officers which are available
    generally to all salaried employees  of the Company and certain  perquisites
    and  other personal benefits  received by the  named executive officers, the
    value of which  does not exceed  the lesser of  $50,000 or 10%  of any  such
    officer's total salary and bonus disclosed in this table.
 
[ * Fiscal 1996 bonuses were not determined as of the date of this Prospectus.]
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
    The  following table sets forth the stock option grants to each of the named
executive officers for fiscal 1996.
 
                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                    POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                        -----------------------------------------------------    VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                         % OF TOTAL                              ANNUAL RATES OF
                                          NUMBER OF        OPTIONS                                 STOCK PRICE
                                          SECURITIES     GRANTED TO                              APPRECIATION FOR
                                          UNDERLYING      EMPLOYEES    EXERCISE                    OPTION TERM*
                                           OPTIONS        IN FISCAL      PRICE    EXPIRATION   --------------------
NAME                                     GRANTED (#)        YEAR        ($/SH)       DATE        5%($)     10%($)
- --------------------------------------  --------------  -------------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>            <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
Robert M. Kaminski....................
Gale K. Bensussen.....................
David F. Brubaker.....................
Kevin J. Lanigan......................
Stanley J. Kahn.......................
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
*   Sets forth potential option gains based on assumed annualized rates of stock
    price appreciation from the exercise  price at the date  of grant of 5%  and
    10%  (compounded annually) over the full term of the grant with appreciation
    determined as  of the  expiration date.  The  5% and  10% assumed  rates  of
    appreciation  are  mandated  by the  rules  of the  Securities  and Exchange
    Commission, and do  not represent  the Company's estimate  or projection  of
    future Common Stock prices.
 
    The  following table  sets forth the  stock option exercises  for the fiscal
year ended March 31, 1996 and the stock  option values as of March 31, 1996,  in
each case, for each of the named executive officers.
 
                AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                     AND OPTION VALUES AS OF MARCH 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NUMBER OF SECURITIES         VALUE OF UNSECURED
                                                              UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED           IN-THE-MONEY
                                                                OPTIONS AT FISCAL           OPTIONS AT FISCAL
                                      SHARES                         YEAR-END                    YEAR-END
                                     ACQUIRED      VALUE               (#)                         ($)*
                                    ON EXERICSE  REALIZED   --------------------------  --------------------------
NAME                                    (#)         ($)     EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE
- ----------------------------------  -----------  ---------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Robert M. Kaminski................
Gale K. Bensussen.................
David F. Brubaker.................
Kevin J. Lanigan..................
Stanley J. Kahn...................
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
*   Sets  forth values  for "in the  money" options that  represent the positive
    spread between the respective exercise  prices of outstanding stock  options
    and the value of the Company's Common Stock as of March 31, 1996 based on an
    assumed public offering price of $15.00 per share.
 
SEVERANCE ARRANGEMENTS
 
    In  November 1991,  the Predecessor  Company entered  into certain severance
arrangements with members of the Company's senior management, pursuant to  which
the  Company  will  pay severance  benefits  if the  individual's  employment is
terminated by the Company other than for cause or if the individual resigns  his
or her employment with the Company for good reason.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
    The  severance  benefits provided  to each  of Robert  M. Kaminski,  Gale K.
Bensussen, David  F.  Brubaker  and  Stanley J.  Kahn  include  (a)  a  lump-sum
severance  payment equal to the sum of (i) one year's base salary, plus (ii) any
annual individual performance bonus or targeted commission, both as in effect at
the time of the termination or  resignation; (b) outplacement assistance at  the
Company's  expense, up to a maximum cost to  the Company of $20,000; and (c) any
rights under applicable Company plans or programs, including but not limited  to
stock  option and incentive plans, as may be determined pursuant to the terms of
such plans or  programs. The  severance benefits  provided to  Kevin J.  Lanigan
include  a lump-sum severance payment equal to three times the sum of one year's
base salary plus any annual individual performance bonus or targeted commission,
both as in  effect at the  time of termination  or resignation, as  well as  the
benefits  described in clauses (b) and (c) above; subject to certain limitations
to the extent that the Company determines that the foregoing benefits would  not
be  deductible  by  the  Company because  such  payments  constitute  an "excess
parachute payment" (as defined in section  280G of the Internal Revenue Code  of
1986, as amended (the "Internal Revenue Code")).
 
STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    GENERAL.   The board  of directors adopted the  Leiner Health Products Group
Inc. Stock Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan") on        , 1996, effective  as
of               . The Stock Option  Plan is an amendment and restatement of the
Company's original stock option plan. The Stock Option Plan is designed to  help
the  Company and its subsidiaries attract and retain skilled individuals for key
positions within the Company and its  subsidiaries by permitting the Company  to
offer  such individuals  the opportunity  to acquire  an equity  interest in the
Company. To date, the  Committee has not determined  to grant any options  under
the Stock Option Plan; however, it may do so in the future.
 
    SUMMARY  OF STOCK  OPTION PLAN.   The  following summary  description of the
principal terms of the Stock Option Plan does not purport to be complete and  is
qualified  in its entirety by the full text  of the Stock Option Plan, a copy of
which has been filed as an exhibit  to the Registration Statement of which  this
Prospectus is a part.
 
    Pursuant  to the  Stock Option  Plan, key employees  of the  Company will be
eligible to  receive  awards of  stock  options in  consideration  for  services
performed  for  the  Company.  Currently,  there  are  approximately  25 persons
eligible to receive awards  under the Stock Option  Plan. Options granted  under
the  Stock Option  Plan may be  either nonqualified stock  options or "incentive
stock options," within the meaning of section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
    The Company has authorized   shares  of Common Stock for issuance of  awards
under  the Stock Option Plan (subject  to antidilution and similar adjustments).
As of March 31, 1996, options for the purchase of   shares of Common Stock  were
outstanding,  including options  to purchase     shares granted  to employees in
fiscal 1996. Information concerning option grants to certain executive  officers
under the Stock Option Plan during the year ended March 31, 1996 is set forth in
the table entitled "Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year."
 
    The  Stock Option Plan will be administered  by a committee consisting of at
least two members of  the Board (the  "Committee"). Initially, the  Compensation
Committee  shall act as  the Committee. Subject  to the provisions  of the Stock
Option Plan,  the Committee  will determine  when and  to whom  options will  be
granted,  the number of  shares covered by  each option award  and the terms and
provisions applicable to each option; provided, however, that the Committee  may
not  award options to  any employee with respect  to more than         shares of
Common Stock in any fiscal year during the term of the Stock Option Plan. Awards
may be made under the Stock Option Plan to such key employees of the Company  as
the  Committee in its sole discretion  shall decide. The Committee may interpret
the Stock Option Plan and may at  any time adopt such rules and regulations  for
the Stock Option Plan as it deems advisable.
 
    An  option may be granted on such  terms and conditions as the Committee may
approve, provided that all options must be granted with an exercise price  equal
to  the fair market value of the underlying shares as of the date of grant (110%
in the case of  incentive stock options granted  to a "ten percent  shareholder"
(as defined in section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code)). Payment of the option
exercise price may be made by
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
a  certified or  official bank  check or, subject  to Committee  consent, by the
surrender of shares of Common Stock that  had been owned by the optionee for  at
least  six months prior to the date  of exercise. Unless the Committee otherwise
provides in the agreement evidencing the  grant of an option, an option  becomes
exercisable  with respect to 25% of the  underlying shares on the date of grant,
and with respect to an additional 25%  on each of the first three  anniversaries
of  the date of grant. Each option shall be for such term as the Committee shall
determine, provided that no incentive stock option shall have a term of  greater
than ten years (five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to a
"ten  percent  shareholder"). Unless  otherwise  determined by  the Compensation
Committee, in the event of certain  change of control transactions with  respect
to  the Company, all outstanding options  shall vest and, upon exercise, entitle
the holder thereof  to receive the  same amount and  kind of stock,  securities,
cash,  property or  other consideration  that each holder  of a  share of Common
Stock was entitled to receive in  such transaction. Prior to the Offering  there
has been no public market for the Common Stock.
 
    The board of directors may at any time and from time to time suspend, amend,
modify  or  terminate the  Stock Option  Plan; provided,  however, that,  to the
extent required by Rule 16b-3 promulgated  under the Securities Exchange Act  of
1934,  as amended, or any other law,  regulation or stock exchange rule, no such
change shall  be  effective without  the  requisite approval  of  the  Company's
stockholders.  In  addition,  no  such change  may  adversely  affect  any award
previously granted, except with the written consent of the grantee.
 
    CERTAIN FEDERAL  INCOME TAX  CONSEQUENCES.   The following  discussion is  a
brief  summary of  the principal United  States federal  income tax consequences
under current federal  income tax  laws relating  to options  awarded under  the
Stock  Option Plan.  This summary  is not intended  to be  exhaustive and, among
other things, does  not describe state,  local or foreign  income and other  tax
consequences.
 
    An  optionee  will not  recognize any  taxable  income upon  the grant  of a
nonqualified option and the Company will not be entitled to a tax deduction with
respect to such grant. Upon exercise of a nonqualified option, the excess of the
fair market value of  the Common Stock  on the exercise  date over the  exercise
price  will be taxable  as compensation income  to the optionee.  Subject to the
optionee including  such  excess amount  in  income or  the  Company  satisfying
applicable  reporting  requirements, the  Company should  be  entitled to  a tax
deduction in the amount  of such compensation income.  The optionee's tax  basis
for  the Common Stock received  pursuant to such exercise  will equal the sum of
the compensation income recognized and the exercise price.
 
    In the event  of a  sale of  Common Stock received  upon the  exercise of  a
nonqualified  option, any appreciation  or depreciation after  the exercise date
generally will be taxed as  capital gain or loss and  will be long-term gain  or
loss if the holding period for such Common Stock was more than one year.
 
    Generally,  an optionee should  not recognize taxable income  at the time of
grant or exercise of  an incentive stock  option and the  Company should not  be
entitled to a tax deduction with respect to such grant or exercise. The exercise
of  an  incentive  stock option  generally  will give  rise  to an  item  of tax
preference that  may  result  in  alternative  minimum  tax  liability  for  the
optionee.
 
    A  sale or  other disposition  by an  optionee of  shares acquired  upon the
exercise of an incentive stock option more  than one year after the transfer  of
the  shares to such optionee and more than  two years after the date of grant of
the incentive stock option should result in any difference between the net  sale
proceeds  and the exercise price being treated as long-term capital gain or loss
to the optionee with no deduction being  allowed to the Company. Upon a sale  or
other  disposition of  shares acquired upon  the exercise of  an incentive stock
option within one  year after  the transfer  of the  shares to  the optionee  or
within  two  years  after  the  date of  grant  of  the  incentive  stock option
(including the  delivery of  such shares  in payment  of the  exercise price  of
another incentive stock option within such period), any excess of (a) the lesser
of (i) the fair market value of the shares at the time of exercise of the option
and  (ii) the amount realized on such disqualifying sale or other disposition of
the shares  over  (b) the  exercise  price  of such  shares,  should  constitute
ordinary  income  to  the optionee  and  the  Company should  be  entitled  to a
deduction in  the amount  of such  income. The  excess, if  any, of  the  amount
realized on a disqualifying sale over the fair market
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
value  of the shares  at the time of  the exercise of  the option generally will
constitute short-term or long-term  capital gain and will  not be deductible  by
the  Company. Special rules may apply to optionees who are subject to section 16
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
    Under certain circumstances the accelerated  vesting or exercise of  options
in connection with a change of control of the Company might be deemed an "excess
parachute  payment"  for  purposes of  the  golden parachute  tax  provisions of
section 280G of the Internal  Revenue Code. To the  extent it is so  considered,
the  optionee may be subject to a 20% excise tax and the Company may be denied a
tax deduction.
 
    Section 162(m) of the  Internal Revenue Code  generally disallows a  federal
income  tax deduction to any publicly  held corporation for compensation paid in
excess of $1 million in any taxable  year to the chief executive officer or  any
of the four other most highly compensated executive officers who are employed by
the  Company on the last  day of the taxable  year. Compensation attributable to
options granted under the Company's Stock  Option Plan should not be subject  to
such deduction limitations.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCK AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Francis  C. Rooney, Jr., Charles F. Baird, Jr. and Carl M. Mueller served on
the Company's Compensation Committee during  fiscal 1996. Mr. Baird also  served
as  an officer of the Company during fiscal  1996. Mr. Baird no longer serves as
an officer or director of the Company.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding the  beneficial
ownership  of the Company's Common Stock  (i) immediately prior to the Offering,
giving effect to the Recapitalization and  (ii) as adjusted to reflect the  sale
of  shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Offering (a) by each person or entity
who is known to the Company  to be the beneficial owner  of more than 5% of  the
Common  Stock  after  the Offering,  (b)  by  each named  executive  officer and
director of the Company  and (c) by  all directors and  executive officers as  a
group.  Except as otherwise indicated, the  person or entities listed below have
sole voting and  investment power  with respect to  all shares  of Common  Stock
owned by them, except to the extent such power may be shared with a spouse.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                              COMMON STOCK       PERCENTAGE OF
                                                        NUMBER OF SHARES       OUTSTANDING       COMMON STOCK
                                                          BENEFICIALLY           BEFORE        OUTSTANDING AFTER
NAME                                                       OWNED (1)          OFFERING (1)       OFFERING (1)
- ----------------------------------------------------  --------------------  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                   <C>                   <C>                <C>
5% STOCKHOLDERS
 
NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Robert M. Kaminski (2)..............................
Gale K. Bensussen (3)...............................
David F. Brubaker (4)...............................
Kevin J. Lanigan (5)................................
Stanley J. Kahn (6).................................
Francis C. Rooney, Jr...............................
Howard L. Clark.....................................
Hamish Maxwell......................................
Carl M. Mueller.....................................
All directors and executive officers
  (10 persons) (7)..................................
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
 *  The  percentage of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned does not exceed
    one percent of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
 
(1) For purposes of this table, information as to the shares of Common Stock (a)
    assumes that the  Underwriters' over-allotment option  is not exercised  and
    (b)  does not give effect to purchases,  if any, by such persons or entities
    in the Offering. For purposes of this table, a person or group of persons is
    deemed to have "beneficial  ownership" of any shares  of Common Stock  which
    such  person has the right  to acquire within 60  days after April 30, 1996.
    For purposes of  computing the  percentage of outstanding  shares of  Common
    Stock  held by each person or group  of persons named above, any shares that
    such person or persons  has the right  to acquire within  60 days after  the
    date  of this Prospectus is deemed to be outstanding but is not deemed to be
    outstanding for the  purpose of  computing the percentage  ownership of  any
    other person.
 
(2) Includes   shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable
    within 60 days after April 30, 1996.
 
(3) Includes   shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable
    within 60 days after April 30, 1996.
 
(4) Includes   shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable
    within 60 days after April 30, 1996.
 
(5) Includes   shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable
    within 60 days after April 30, 1996.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
(6) Includes   shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable
    within 60 days after April 30, 1996.
 
(7) Includes   shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable
    within 60 days after April 30, 1996.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
OWNERSHIP OF REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND COMMON STOCK
 
    On  December  10, 1993  and in  connection  with the  closing of  the Credit
Agreement, AEA  purchased 10,000  shares of  Redeemable Preferred  Stock for  an
aggregate  purchase price of $9 million.  The Redeemable Preferred Stock will be
redeemed for approximately  $11.9 million, including  accrued dividends, with  a
portion of the net proceeds of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
    The  following table sets forth the amounts  paid by (a) the named executive
officers and (b) all directors and executive officers as a group for the  Common
Stock they held immediately prior to the Offering and the value of such persons'
continuing investment in the Company's Common Stock.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              INVESTMENT IN COMMON   COMMON STOCK HELD
                                                                     STOCK           AFTER OFFERING (A)
                                                              --------------------  --------------------
INVESTOR                                                        #(B)       $(C)       #(B)       $(C)
- ------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Robert M. Kaminski..........................................
Gale K. Bensussen...........................................
David F. Brubaker...........................................
Kevin J. Lanigan............................................
Stanley J. Kahn.............................................
All directors and executive officers (10 persons)...........
</TABLE>
 
- -------------------
(a) Assumes an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share.
 
(b) With  respect to executive  officers of the Company,  includes the number of
    shares  purchased  in  connection  with  the  LHP  Acquisition  and   shares
    purchasable  pursuant to stock  options exercisable within  60 days of April
    30, 1996.
 
(c) Includes the exercise price of stock  options exercisable within 60 days  of
    April 30, 1996.
 
OTHER TRANSACTIONS
 
    On May 4, 1992, upon consummation of the LHP Acquisition, the Company paid a
fee  of $1.5 million  plus expenses to  AEA for negotiating  the LHP Acquisition
with  the  Predecessor  Company  and   arranging  the  financing  for  the   LHP
Acquisition.
 
    On  May 4, 1992,  the Company and  AEA entered into  a management agreement,
pursuant to which AEA has provided management, consulting and financial services
to the Company for an annual professional service fee of $350,000 plus expenses.
The Company believes that the fees paid to AEA for these services are comparable
to fees that would be paid  to unaffiliated third parties for similar  services.
Upon  consummation of the Offering, the Company  and AEA expect to terminate the
management agreement.  In  connection with  the  termination of  the  management
agreement, the Company will pay AEA a termination fee of $1.5 million.
 
    The  Company receives  the benefit  of volume  discounts for  certain office
services and supplies made  available to various  companies associated with  AEA
pursuant to arrangements managed by a subsidiary of AEA.
 
    The  Company has entered into agreements  to provide indemnification for its
directors and executive officers in addition to the indemnification provided for
in the Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws.
 
                      DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
 
    The summaries  contained  herein  of  certain  provisions  of  the  material
indebtedness  of LHP do  not purport to  be complete and  are qualified in their
entirety by reference to the various  agreements which are filed as exhibits  to
the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. Capitalized terms
used  in  this section  and  not otherwise  defined  have the  meanings ascribed
thereto in the various agreements.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
THE CREDIT AGREEMENT
 
    LHP is a  party to a  credit agreement, dated  as of December  10, 1993  and
amended  as of  September 30,  1994, February  26, 1996  and June     , 1996 (as
amended, the  "Credit Agreement"),  with  various financial  institutions  party
thereto (the "Lenders") and The Bank of Nova Scotia ("Scotiabank"), as agent for
the Lenders.
 
    The  Credit Agreement, which expires on June 30, 1998, consists of revolving
loan commitments  and letters  of credit  commitments issued  by the  respective
Lenders,  and a swing  line loan commitment provided  by Scotiabank. The maximum
amount which, at  any one  time, may be  outstanding under  revolving loans  and
under  swing line loans and which may  be undrawn and available under all issued
and outstanding letters of credit (the "Total Commitment Amount") may not exceed
the lesser of (i) the revolving loan commitment amount then in effect (currently
$55 million) or (ii) 80% of specified accounts receivable plus 50% of  specified
inventory  (at March 31, 1996,  $83.8 million). Neither the  amount which may be
undrawn and available under all issued and outstanding letters of credit at  any
one  time nor the amount which may be borrowed under swing line loans may exceed
$5 million. As of March 31, 1996, the amount of outstanding revolving loans  and
outstanding swing line loans was $42.8 million and $0 million, respectively, and
no letters of credit were outstanding.
 
    LHP  may elect  that revolving  loans made  under the  Credit Agreement bear
interest at a rate equal  to either (i) a  fluctuating rate ("Base Rate  Loans")
determined  by reference to the Scotiabank Alternate  Base Rate plus a margin of
between 0%  and  1.25% (based  on  LHP's ratio  of  Consolidated Debt  to  Total
Capital) or (ii) a rate fixed for the applicable interest period selected by LHP
of  one, two,  three or  six months,  determined by  reference to  the LIBO Rate
(Reserve Adjusted) plus  a margin  of between 1.50%  and 2.25%  (based on  LHP's
ratio  of Consolidated Debt to  Total Capital). Swing line  loans may be made as
Base Rate Loans only. At March 31, 1996, the $42.8 million outstanding under the
Credit Agreement bore interest at the weighted average of 8.2% per annum.
 
    The Credit  Agreement requires  that LHP  prepay the  outstanding  principal
amount  of the Loans  in an aggregate  amount equal to  (i) a portion (allocated
between the Lenders  under the Credit  Agreement and the  holders of the  Senior
Notes)  of net proceeds received  by LHP or its  Subsidiaries from certain asset
sales and (ii) the  principal amount of any  voluntary prepayment of the  Senior
Notes.  LHP's  obligations  under the  Credit  Agreement are  guaranteed  by PLI
Holdings Inc. ("Holdings") and will be guaranteed by any subsequently formed  or
acquired  United States subsidiaries of LHP. In addition, the obligations of LHP
under the Credit Agreement  are secured by  (i) a security  interest in all  the
issued  and outstanding shares of capital  stock of LHP, (ii) intercompany notes
and (iii) all or a portion of the capital stock of certain subsidiaries.
 
    AFFIRMATIVE AND NEGATIVE COVENANTS.  The Credit Agreement contains a  number
of  covenants including, among others, covenants  restricting the ability of LHP
(and, in some  cases, its Subsidiaries,  if any) to  incur indebtedness or  make
guarantees,  enter  into  transactions  with  affiliates,  engage  in businesses
unrelated to the manufacture, marketing  or distribution of vitamins,  minerals,
nutritional  supplements and over-the-counter drugs,  create liens, make certain
investments or loans or  effect certain transactions  such as consolidations  or
sales  of  assets  other than  in  the  ordinary course  of  business  and other
transactions. The Credit Agreement also restricts the ability of LHP to  declare
or  pay any  dividend or distribution  on capital  stock of LHP  or on warrants,
options or other rights with respect to capital stock of LHP or redeem,  retire,
apply  its  funds to  a  sinking fund,  or purchase  any  capital stock  of LHP,
Holdings, Leiner  Health Products  Group  Inc., or  warrants, options  or  other
rights  with respect to capital stock of LHP, Holdings or Leiner Health Products
Group Inc. except that LHP  may declare or pay  such dividends or payments  when
the  outstanding principal  amount of  the Senior  Notes and/or  the commitments
under the Credit Agreement have been permanently reduced in an aggregate  amount
at least equal to $17 million, if (A) the aggregate amount of such payments does
not  exceed 50% of  LHP's cumulative net income  from May 4,  1992, less 100% of
LHP's cumulative  net  loss  from  May  4,  1992,  and  less  certain  permitted
investments,  (B) after giving effect thereto, the ratio of Consolidated Debt to
Total Capital does not exceed 40% and  (C) there is no default under the  Credit
Agreement  and  the Senior  Note Agreement.  In  addition, the  Credit Agreement
contains affirmative
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
covenants by LHP and its Subsidiaries, including, among other things, compliance
with laws,  preservation  of  corporate  existence,  maintenance  of  insurance,
payment  of  taxes,  maintenance  of  properties,  environmental  compliance and
delivery of financial and other information to the Lenders.
 
    LHP and its Subsidiaries are also required to comply with certain  financial
tests  and maintain certain financial ratios. Certain of the financial covenants
contained in the Credit Agreement are set forth below:
 
    NET  WORTH.    LHP  may  not  permit  the  shareholders'  equity  on   LHP's
consolidated  balance sheet ("Net Worth")  at any time to  fall below the sum of
$55.8 million  plus  45% of  cumulative  Net  Income since  December  10,  1993;
provided  that, if cumulative  net income since  December 10, 1993  is less than
zero, for purposes of this covenant, cumulative Net Income shall equal zero.
 
    CASH FLOW COVERAGE RATIO.  LHP may  not permit the Cash Flow Coverage  Ratio
(computed on a four quarter basis) as of the end of any fiscal quarter occurring
during  any period to be  less than 110% (from the  first quarter of fiscal 1996
and thereafter).
 
    MAXIMUM LEVERAGE RATIO.  LHP may not permit the Maximum Leverage Ratio as of
the end of any fiscal quarter occurring during any period to be greater than  an
amount  equal  to 60%  (as of  and for  the  first quarter  of fiscal  1997) and
declining to 45% (for fiscal 1999 and thereafter).
 
    INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO.   LHP may  not permit the  Interest Coverage  Ratio
(computed  on a four  quarter basis) as of  the end of any  fiscal quarter to be
less than a percentage equal to 250% (as of and for the first quarter of  fiscal
1997)  and  increasing  to 350%  (for  the  fourth quarter  of  fiscal  1998 and
thereafter).
 
    CURRENT RATIO.  LHP may not permit the current Ratio to be less than 180% at
any time.  The "Current  Ratio"  is calculated  by  dividing current  assets  by
current liabilities (excluding current maturities of indebtedness).
 
    CONSOLIDATED  SUBSIDIARY DEBT.  LHP may not permit the outstanding principal
amount  of  all   indebtedness  of  LHP's   Subsidiaries  (other  than   certain
indebtedness, including in respect of the Credit Agreement and the Senior Notes)
to exceed 10% of Total Capital.
 
    CAPITAL  EXPENDITURES.  The Capital Expenditures of LHP and its Subsidiaries
may not exceed the greater  of (i) and (ii)  below, provided, however, that,  in
certain  circumstances, to the extent the amount of Capital Expenditures made in
any Fiscal Year is less than the  maximum amount permitted for such Fiscal  Year
as  provided  below,  the  amount  of  Capital  Expenditures  that  LHP  and its
Subsidiaries may make in a subsequent Fiscal Year shall be increased:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              REGULAR CAPITAL
 (i)  FISCAL YEAR                                                              EXPENDITURES
                                                                             -----------------
<S>                                                                          <C>
      1994.................................................................  $    9,000,000
      1995.................................................................      10,000,000
      1996.................................................................      10,650,000
      1997.................................................................      12,750,000
      1998.................................................................      13,740,000
      1999.................................................................      14,810,000; or
(ii)  3.5% of Net Sales for such Fiscal Year.
</TABLE>
 
    EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  In addition  to customary events of default, the  Credit
Agreement  contains the  following Events  of Default:  (i) the  occurrence of a
"Change of Control,"  as defined  in the  Senior Note  Agreement, requiring  the
prepayment  of all or any part of the  Senior Notes; (ii) (A)(1) any term of the
Defense and Indemnification Agreement is modified in any respect or LHP forbears
from exercising any of its material rights with respect thereto, except, in each
case, if it would not likely detrimentally  and materially affect LHP or any  of
its  Subsidiaries, (2)  the Defense and  Indemnification Agreement  ceases to be
effective or enforceable, (3)  the Supplier, Showa Denko  K.K. or any  Affiliate
thereof  shall  contest the  effectiveness,  validity or  enforceability  of the
Defense and Indemnification Agreement or fail  to comply with all of its  terms,
or  (4) certain  events of  bankruptcy or insolvency  occur with  respect to the
Supplier or Showa Denko K.K. and  the Defense and Indemnification Agreement  has
not terminated in full in accordance with its
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
terms,  and,  at  such time  (B)  the  aggregate amount  payable  in  respect of
judgments,  settlements  or  otherwise  in  connection  with  the   L-Tryptophan
litigation,  after giving  effect to insurance,  contribution or indemnification
payments, exceeds 15% of the Net  Worth; (iii) any judgment or order  (including
with respect to the L-Tryptophan litigation) for a payment in excess of $500,000
(exclusive  of amounts covered by insurance less any deductible) entered against
LHP or any of its Subsidiaries remains  in effect and unsatisfied 45 days  after
entry  thereof; and (iv) failure of the Company to own 100% of the capital stock
of Holdings, free and clear of liens and failure of Holdings to own 100% of  the
capital  stock of  LHP, free and  clear of liens  (except liens in  favor of the
Lenders under the Credit Agreement).
 
SENIOR NOTE AGREEMENT
 
    LHP is a party to a note agreement,  dated as of May 4, 1992 and amended  as
of  May 15,  1993, December  10, 1993, October  15, 1994  and April  1, 1995 (as
amended, the "Senior  Note Agreement"), with  the purchasers signatory  thereto.
Pursuant  to  the  Senior  Note  Agreement,  LHP  issued  $35  million aggregate
principal amount of its senior notes, series A, which bear interest at a rate of
9.44% per  annum (the  "Series A  Notes") and  $10 million  aggregate  principal
amount of its senior notes, series B, which bear interest at a rate of 9.60% per
annum  (the "Series  B Notes,"  and collectively  with the  Series A  Notes, the
"Senior Notes"), both series maturing on April 30, 2002. If no default or  event
of  default exists and the unsecured funded  debt of LHP receives a rating equal
to or greater  than BBB-  from Standard &  Poor's Corporation  (or a  comparable
rating  from any other nationally recognized rating  agency) then for so long as
such rating  is maintained  the interest  rate on  the Series  A Notes  will  be
reduced  to 9.14% and the interest rate on the Series B Notes will be reduced to
9.30%. Alternatively, the Company may, at  its option, obtain the same  interest
rate  reductions by electing  to amend certain  financial covenants contained in
the Credit Agreement to certain specified  levels. Interest on the Senior  Notes
is  payable semiannually. The Senior  Notes rank PARI PASSU  with the debt under
the Credit Agreement.
 
    On each of April 30, 1999, 2000 and 2001, LHP is required to make  principal
payments  on  the  Series A  Notes  equal to  the  lesser of  $8,750,000  or the
principal amount of the Series A  Notes then outstanding and principal  payments
on  the Series  B Notes  equal to the  lesser of  $2.5 million  or the principal
amount of Series B  Notes then outstanding. In  addition, LHP may, upon  notice,
prepay  the outstanding Senior Notes on a pro rata basis in whole or in part (in
a minimum  principal amount  of  $1.0 million,  together with  accrued  interest
thereon and a make-whole premium).
 
    In  the event of a Change of Control (as defined below), LHP must redeem the
Senior Notes by payment  of the principal amount  thereof together with  accrued
interest  thereon and a premium to each holder of the Senior Notes that does not
consent to the Change of Control. "Change of Control" means, among other things,
any event in which (1) any entity  or group of related entities, other than  the
AEA  Persons (i) gains, or enters into any agreement with Leiner Health Products
Group Inc.,  Holdings, LHP  or  any of  their  direct or  indirect  shareholders
pursuant to which such entity or group of related entities will gain, beneficial
ownership of 30% or more of the outstanding voting stock of either Leiner Health
Products  Group Inc., Holdings  or LHP after  an initial public  offering of the
common stock of either Leiner Health Products  Group Inc., Holdings or LHP as  a
result  of  which the  AEA  Persons beneficially  own  less than  a  majority in
interest of the outstanding voting stock  of Leiner Health Products Group  Inc.,
Holdings  or LHP; or  (ii) constitutes a  majority of the  board of directors of
Leiner Health  Products Group  Inc., Holdings  or LHP  at a  time when  the  AEA
Persons  beneficially own  less than a  majority in interest  of the outstanding
Voting Stock of either Leiner Health  Products Group Inc., Holdings or LHP;  (2)
an  entity, other  than an  entity controlled  by the  AEA Persons,  acquires or
enters into any agreement to acquire all  or substantially all of the assets  of
Leiner  Health  Products  Group Inc.,  Holdings  or  LHP; or  (3)  prior  to the
termination of the Credit Agreement, any  "Change of Control" as defined in  the
Credit Agreement occurs.
 
    In  the event of  certain sales, transfers or  other dispositions of assets,
LHP is obligated to offer to prepay, to  the extent of the net proceeds of  such
sale,  transfer  or other  disposition, the  Senior  Notes on  a pro  rata basis
together with accrued  interest. The offer  to prepay the  Senior Notes will  be
made  simultaneously on  a pro  rata basis with  an offer  to prepay obligations
under the Credit Agreement.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
    LHP's obligations under the Senior Note Agreement are guaranteed and secured
in  substantially  the  same  manner  as  LHP's  obligations  under  the  Credit
Agreement. See " -- The Credit Agreement."
 
    The  covenants under the Senior  Note Agreement are substantially equivalent
to those under the Credit Agreement. See " -- The Credit Agreement."
 
    In addition, LHP is required to maintain compliance with a maximum  leverage
ratio, a maximum consolidated subsidiary debt amount, a minimum ratio of current
assets to current liabilities, a minimum interest coverage ratio, a minimum cash
flow   ratio  and  a  minimum  consolidated   net  worth.  These  covenants  are
substantially the  same  as the  financial  covenants contained  in  the  Credit
Agreement  except that  the maximum  leverage ratio  after the  first quarter of
fiscal year 2000 may not exceed 42%.
 
    EVENT OF DEFAULT.   In addition to customary  events of default, the  Senior
Note Agreement provides that an Event of Default shall occur if an Obligor under
the  Senior  Note  Agreements  shall  pay,  or  is  obligated  to  pay,  amounts
(aggregating amounts paid  or payable  by LHP  or certain  of its  Subsidiaries)
exceeding  15%  of  Consolidated Net  Worth  (after giving  effect  to insurance
proceeds and  contributions) pursuant  to or  as a  result of  the  L-Tryptophan
litigation.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
    Immediately  prior to consummation of the  Offering made hereby, the Company
will effect the Recapitalization and the Company's certificate of  incorporation
will  be amended to reclassify its three  classes of common stock into one class
of Common Stock. See "Recapitalization." The following brief description of  the
Company's  capital  stock reflects  the  effects of  the  Recapitalization. Such
description does not purport to  be complete and is  subject in all respects  to
applicable  Delaware law and  to the provisions of  the Company's certificate of
incorporation, as amended (the "Certificate of Incorporation"), and amended  and
restated  bylaws  (the "By-Laws"),  copies  of which  have  been filed  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
    The authorized capital stock of the  Company consists of          shares  of
Common  Stock, par value $.01 per share  and          shares of preferred stock,
par value  $.01  per  share  (the  "Preferred  Stock").  Giving  effect  to  the
Recapitalization,  but prior to the Offering, there will be       record holders
of Common Stock. Immediately following  the consummation of the Offering,  there
will  be   shares of  Common Stock outstanding,           shares of Common Stock
will be issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and no shares of Preferred
Stock will be outstanding.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to
be voted upon by the stockholders, including the election of directors.  Holders
of Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights, and therefore holders of a
majority of the shares voting for the election of directors can elect all of the
directors.  In such event, the holders of  the remaining shares will not be able
to elect any directors.
 
    Holders of Common  Stock are entitled  to receive such  dividends as may  be
declared  from  time to  time by  the board  of directors  out of  funds legally
available  therefor,  after  payment  of  dividends  required  to  be  paid   on
outstanding  Preferred Stock, if any, and subject to the terms of the agreements
governing the Credit Agreement and Senior Note Agreement. See "Dividend Policy",
"Risk Factors --  Leverage and  Restrictions on Dividends"  and "Description  of
Certain  Indebtedness." In the event of  the liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of the Company, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to share ratably  in
all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution
rights of Preferred Stock then outstanding, if any.
 
    The  Common Stock has no preemptive,  conversion or redemption rights and is
not subject to  further calls or  assessments by the  Company. Immediately  upon
consummation of the Offering, all of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock
will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
    At  present, there  is no  public market for  the Common  Stock. The Company
intends to apply for listing of the Common Stock on the New York Stock  Exchange
("NYSE"). In order to meet the requirements for
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
listing   of  the  Common  Stock  on  the  NYSE,  it  is  anticipated  that  the
representatives of the Underwriters will  assure the NYSE that the  distribution
of  the shares of  Common Stock offered  hereby will meet  or exceed the listing
requirements of the NYSE.
 
    The transfer agent for the Common Stock will be         .
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The board  of  directors  of  the  Company  is  authorized  without  further
stockholder  action  to provide  for the  issuance from  time to  time of  up to
        shares of Preferred Stock, in one  or more classes or series, with  such
powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other
specific  rights,  qualifications, limitations  or restrictions  as will  be set
forth in the resolutions providing  for the issue of  such classes or series  of
Preferred Stock adopted by the board of directors of the Company. The holders of
Preferred Stock will have no preemptive rights (unless otherwise provided in the
applicable  certificate  of  designation)  and will  not  be  subject  to future
assessments by the Company. Such Preferred Stock may have voting or other rights
which could adversely affect the rights of holders of the Common Stock.
 
CERTAIN BY-LAW PROVISIONS
 
    The By-Laws contain certain  provisions that could  make more difficult  the
acquisition  of  the  Company by  means  of  a tender  offer,  proxy  contest or
otherwise.
 
    The By-Laws establish an advance  notice procedure for stockholders to  make
nominations  of candidates  for election as  directors, or  bring other business
before an annual meeting of stockholders of the Company (the "Stockholder Notice
Procedure").
 
    The  Stockholder  Notice  Procedure  provides  that  only  persons  who  are
nominated  by, or at the direction of,  the Company's Board, or by a stockholder
who has given timely written notice to the Secretary of the Company prior to the
meeting at which directors are to be  elected, will be eligible for election  as
directors  of the Company. The Stockholder  Notice Procedure provides that at an
annual meeting only such  business may be conducted  as has been brought  before
the  meeting by, or at the direction of,  the Chairman of the Company's Board or
by a stockholder who  has given timely  written notice to  the Secretary of  the
Company  of  such stockholder's  intention to  bring  such business  before such
meeting.
 
    Under  the  Stockholder   Notice  Procedure,  for   notice  of   stockholder
nominations  or business  to be  made at  an annual  meeting to  be timely, such
notice must be received by  the Company not less than  60 days nor more than  90
days prior to the first anniversary of the previous year's annual meeting.
 
    Under  the  Stockholder  Notice  Procedure,  for  notice  of  a  stockholder
nomination to be made at a special meeting at which directors are to be  elected
to  be timely, such  notice must be received  by the Company  not later than the
close of business on the 10th day following  the day on which (i) notice of  the
date of the special meeting was mailed, or (ii) public disclosure of the date of
such meeting is first made, whichever first occurs.
 
    In  addition, under the Stockholder Notice Procedure, a stockholder's notice
to the Company proposing to  nominate a person for  election as a director  must
contain certain specified information. If the Chairman of the Board of Directors
or  other  officer presiding  at  a meeting  determines  that a  person  was not
nominated or other  business was not  brought before the  meeting in  accordance
with  the Stockholder  Notice Procedure,  such person  will not  be eligible for
election as a director or such business  will not be conducted at such  meeting,
as the case may be.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
 
    The  Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides that,  to  the  fullest extent
permitted by the Delaware General Corporation  Law (the "DGCL") as it  currently
exists,  a director of the Company will  not be personally liable to the Company
or its stockholders for monetary damages for  any breach of fiduciary duty as  a
director. Under the DGCL, liability of a director may not be limited (i) for any
breach  of the director's  duty of loyalty  to the Company  or its stockholders,
(ii) for  acts  or omissions  not  in good  faith  or that  involve  intentional
misconduct  or a knowing violation  of law, (ii) in  respect of certain unlawful
dividend  payments  or  stock  redemptions  or  repurchases  and  (iv)  for  any
transaction from which the director derives an improper
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
personal  benefit. The effect of this  provision of the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation is to  eliminate the rights  of the Company  and its  stockholders
(through  stockholders' derivative  suits on behalf  of the  Company) to recover
monetary damages against a director for breach of the fiduciary duty of care  as
a  director (including  breaches resulting  from negligent  or grossly negligent
behavior) except in situations described in clauses (i) through (iv) above. This
provision does  not  limit  or  eliminate  the rights  of  the  Company  or  any
stockholder  to seek non-monetary relief such  as an injunction or rescission in
the event of a breach of a  director's duty of care. In addition, the  Company's
Certificate  of  Incorporation provides  that  the Company  shall  indemnify its
directors, officers, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the
DGCL. The Company's By-Laws provide additional indemnification for the directors
and officers of the Company.
 
DELAWARE LAW AND LIMITATIONS ON CHANGES IN CONTROL
 
    The Company is a Delaware corporation and has not elected out of section 203
of the DGCL. Therefore,  upon the closing of  the Offering, the restrictions  of
section 203 will apply to the Company.
 
    Generally,  section  203 of  the DGCL  prevents an  "interested stockholder"
(defined in  section  203, generally,  as  a person  owning  15% or  more  of  a
corporation's   outstanding  voting   stock)  from   engaging  in   a  "business
combination"  (as  defined  in  section  203)  with  a  publicly  held  Delaware
corporation  for three years following the date such person became an interested
stockholder unless (i) before such person became an interested stockholder,  the
board  of directors  of the  corporation approved  the transaction  in which the
interested stockholder became an interested stockholder or approved the business
combination, or (ii) upon consummation of  the transaction that resulted in  the
stockholder  becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owns
at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time  the
transaction  commenced (excluding stock held by  persons that are both directors
and officers of the corporation and stock  held by employee stock plans that  do
not  provide employees with the right to determine confidentially whether shares
held subject to the  plan will be  tendered in a tender  or exchange offer),  or
(iii)  at or  subsequent to  the time  of the  transaction in  which such person
became an interested stockholder,  the business combination  is approved by  the
board   of  directors  of  the  corporation  and  authorized  at  a  meeting  of
stockholders by  the  affirmative  vote  of  the  holders  of  66  2/3%  of  the
outstanding  voting  stock  of  the  corporation  not  owned  by  the interested
stockholder. A "business combination" generally includes mergers, stock or asset
sales, and other  transactions resulting  in a financial  benefit to  interested
stockholders.
 
    The  provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation authorizing the board of
directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, the  provisions
of the By-Laws establishing the Stockholder Notice Procedure, and the provisions
of  section 203  of the DGCL,  could have  the effect of  delaying, deferring or
preventing a  change  in control  of  the Company  or  the removal  of  existing
management, or discouraging bids for the Common Stock at a premium, or otherwise
adversely  affecting the market price of  the Common Stock. The Credit Agreement
and the Senior Note Agreement each  contain provisions with respect to a  change
of  control  of  the  Company. See  "Description  of  Certain  Indebtedness" and
"Management."
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
GENERAL
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for securities of the
Company. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sale of
shares or the  availability of shares  for sale  will have on  the market  price
prevailing  from time  to time.  Nevertheless, sales  of substantial  amounts of
Common Stock  of  the Company  in  the public  market  after the  lapse  of  the
restrictions  described below, or  the perception that  such shares could occur,
could adversely  affect the  prevailing  market price  and  the ability  of  the
Company to raise equity capital in the future at a time and price which it deems
appropriate.
 
    Upon  completion  of  the  Offering,  the  Company  will  have approximately
        shares of Common Stock outstanding. Of these shares, the          shares
of  Common Stock sold  in the Offering  (          shares,  if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full), will be freely tradable by  persons
other than "affiliates" of the Company, without restriction under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
"Securities  Act") and the remaining          shares of Common Stock outstanding
will be "restricted securities" within  the meaning of Rule  144 and may not  be
sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption
from  registration is available, including the  exemptions contained in Rule 144
and 144A. As defined in Rule 144, an  "affiliate" of an issuer is a person  that
directly,  or indirectly  through one  or more  intermediaries, controls,  or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such issuer.
 
    In general, under  Rule 144  as currently in  effect, a  person (or  persons
whose shares are aggregated), including an affiliate, who has beneficially owned
"restricted  securities" for two years  beginning from the later  of the date of
acquisition of restricted shares  from the Company or  from an affiliate of  the
Company,  will be  entitled to  sell within  any three-month  period up  to that
number of  shares that  does  not exceed  the  greater of  (i)  1% of  the  then
outstanding  shares of Common Stock (approximately      shares immediately after
the Offering) or (ii) the average weekly  trading volume in the Common Stock  on
all   national  securities  exchanges  and/or  reported  through  the  automated
quotation system of registered securities associations during the four  calendar
weeks  immediately preceding the date on which  such notice of the sale is filed
with the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission"). Sales  pursuant
to  Rule 144 are also subject to certain other requirements regarding the manner
of sale,  notice  and  availability  of current  public  information  about  the
Company.  A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to
have been  an affiliate  of the  Company at  any time  during the  three  months
immediately  preceding  the  sale  is  entitled  to  sell  restricted securities
pursuant to  Rule 144(k)  without  regard to  the limitations  described  above,
provided that three years have expired since the later of the date on which such
restricted  securities  were acquired  from the  Company or  the date  they were
acquired from an affiliate of the Company. Affiliates continue to be subject  to
such  volume limitations after the three-year holding period. The Commission has
proposed reducing the periods of beneficial ownership of "restricted securities"
required by Rule 144.  Under the proposal, persons  who have beneficially  owned
restricted  securities for at least one year,  instead of two years as currently
required, would be able to resell  such securities by complying with the  volume
limitations  described above. In the case of a person who is not deemed to be an
affiliate of the Company during the  preceding three months, the proposal  would
permit  sales without regard to the limitations  described above as long as such
person had held the securities for at least two years, instead of three years as
currently required. There  can be no  assurance that the  proposed revisions  to
Rule 144 will be adopted by the Commission.
 
    Substantially all of the         shares outstanding immediately prior to the
Offering  have been  beneficially owned for  the three year  period specified in
Rule 144(k),  discussed above,  and substantially  all of  the holders  of  such
shares  would not be  deemed affiliates of  the Company during  the three months
immediately preceding the Offering. Therefore, substantially all of the
shares of such Common Stock may be available for sale in the public market after
the Offering  has  been  consummated,  subject  to  the  matters  discussed  two
paragraphs below relating to the 180-day resale restriction.
 
    In  connection with the Offering, the  Company and its existing stockholders
will agree that they will not, during a period of 180 days from the date of this
Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, on behalf of the
Representatives, (i) directly  or indirectly, offer,  pledge, sell, contract  to
sell,  sell any option or contract to  purchase, purchase any option or contract
to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or
dispose of  any share  of Common  Stock or  any securities  convertible into  or
exercisable  or exchangeable  for Common Stock,  with respect  to a stockholder,
whenever acquired or whenever the power of disposition is acquired, or file  any
registration  statement  under  the Securities  Act  with respect  to  any other
foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any  transaction
that  transfers,  in whole  or  in part,  directly  or indirectly,  the economic
consequence of  ownership  of  the  Common  Stock,  whether  any  such  swap  or
transaction  described in clause (i) or (ii)  above is to be settled by delivery
of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. With respect  to
the  Company, the  restrictions described  in the  foregoing sentence  shall not
apply to (A)  the shares of  Common Stock to  be sold in  the Offering, (B)  any
shares  of Common  Stock issued  by the  Company upon  the exercise  of the XCEL
Earn-Out Options or (C) any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase
Common Stock granted pursuant to the Stock Option Plan.
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    The current  stockholders of  the Company  acquired their  shares of  common
stock (the "Restricted Shares") pursuant to subscription agreements that contain
registration  rights. Following  the Offering, upon  the request  of the persons
owning Restricted Shares aggregating at least 25% of the sum of all  outstanding
Restricted Shares and having an estimated value of not less than $5 million, the
Company will be required to register the sale of such Restricted Shares, subject
to   certain   limitations  and   requirements.   In  addition,   under  certain
circumstances, should  the  Company  file  a  registration  statement  with  the
Securities  and Exchange Commission registering shares  of the Common Stock, the
owners of Restricted Shares would be entitled to include their Restricted Shares
in such  registration. Such  registration  rights have  been  waived as  to  the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the purchase agreement (the
"Purchase Agreement") among the Company and each of the Underwriters named below
(the  "Underwriters"), the Company, for  its own account, has  agreed to sell to
each of the Underwriters, and each  of the Underwriters has severally agreed  to
purchase  from the Company, the  aggregate number of shares  of Common Stock set
forth opposite its name below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             NUMBER
             UNDERWRITERS                                                                  OF SHARES
                                                                                          ------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
          Incorporated..................................................................
Lehman Brothers Inc.....................................................................
Salomon Brothers Inc....................................................................
 
                                                                                          ------------
          Total.........................................................................     5,000,000
                                                                                          ------------
                                                                                          ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch"), Lehman
Brothers Inc.  and  Salomon Brothers  Inc  are acting  as  representatives  (the
"Representatives") of the several Underwriters.
 
    In  the Purchase Agreement, the several Underwriters have agreed, subject to
the terms and conditions  set forth therein,  to purchase all  of the shares  of
Common  Stock being sold pursuant to the Purchase Agreement if any of the shares
of Common Stock  being sold pursuant  to the Purchase  Agreement are  purchased.
Under  certain circumstances, the commitments  of nondefaulting Underwriters may
be increased.
 
    The Representatives have advised the  Company that the Underwriters  propose
initially  to  offer the  shares of  Common Stock  to the  public at  the public
offering price set forth  on the cover  page of this  Prospectus and to  certain
dealers  at such price  less a concession not  in excess of  $      per share of
Common Stock.  The Underwriters  may  allow, and  such  dealers may  reallow,  a
discount  not in  excess of $       per share  of Common Stock  to certain other
dealers.  After  the  initial  public  offering,  the  public  offering   price,
concession and discount may be changed.
 
    The  Company has granted to the Underwriters  an option to purchase up to an
aggregate of 750,000 additional shares of Common Stock, exercisable for 30  days
after  the date  of this  Prospectus, to cover  over-allotments, if  any, at the
initial public offering price  set forth on the  cover page of this  Prospectus,
less  the underwriting  discount. To the  extent that  the Underwriters exercise
this option, each of  the Underwriters will have  a firm commitment, subject  to
certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of such shares
that  the number of  shares of Common Stock  to be purchased by  it shown in the
foregoing table bears  to the total  number of shares  initially offered by  the
Underwriters.
 
    Prior  to the Offering,  there has been  no public market  for the shares of
Common Stock.  The initial  public  offering price  will be  determined  through
negotiation  among  the  Company  and  the  Representatives.  Among  the factors
considered in  determining the  initial public  offering price,  in addition  to
prevailing  market  conditions,  are price-earnings  ratios  of  publicly traded
companies that  the Representatives  believe to  be comparable  to the  Company,
certain  financial information of the Company, the history of, and the prospects
for, the Company and  the industry in  which it competes,  an assessment of  the
Company's  management, its past  and present operations,  the prospects for, and
timing of, future revenues  of the Company, the  present state of the  Company's
development,  and the  above factors  in relation  to market  values and various
valuation measures  of other  companies  engaged in  activities similar  to  the
Company.
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
There  can be no  assurance that an  active trading market  will develop for the
shares of Common  Stock or that  the shares of  Common Stock will  trade in  the
public market subsequent to the Offering at or above the initial public offering
price.
 
    The  Representatives have informed the Company  that the Underwriters do not
intend to sell shares of Common Stock to discretionary accounts.
 
    In connection with the Offering,  the Company and its existing  stockholders
will agree that they will not, during a period of 180 days from the date of this
Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, on behalf of the
Representatives,  (i) directly or  indirectly, offer, pledge,  sell, contract to
sell, sell any option or contract  to purchase, purchase any option or  contract
to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or
dispose  of any  share of  Common Stock  or any  securities convertible  into or
exercisable or exchangeable  for Common  Stock, with respect  to a  stockholder,
whenever  acquired or whenever the power of disposition is acquired, or file any
registration statement  under the  Securities Act  with respect  to any  of  the
foregoing  or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction
that transfers,  in whole  or  in part,  directly  or indirectly,  the  economic
consequence  of  ownership  of  the  Common  Stock,  whether  any  such  swap or
transaction described in clause (i) or (ii)  above is to be settled by  delivery
of  Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. With respect to
the Company,  the restrictions  described in  the foregoing  sentence shall  not
apply  to (A) the  shares of Common  Stock to be  sold in the  Offering, (B) any
shares of Common  Stock issued  by the  Company upon  the exercise  of the  XCEL
Earn-Out Options or (C) any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase
Common Stock granted pursuant to the Stock Option Plan. See "Shares Eligible for
Future Sale."
 
    At  the  request  of  the  Company, the  Underwriters  have  reserved  up to
approximately         shares of Common Stock, representing    % of the shares of
Common Stock  to be  sold  in the  Offering, for  offer  at the  initial  public
offering  price, to employees  of the Company, certain  customers of the Company
and certain  other individuals  who  have expressed  an interest  in  purchasing
shares  of Common Stock  in the Offering.  The number of  shares of Common Stock
available for sale  to the general  public will  be reduced to  the extent  such
persons  purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will
be offered by the Underwriters  to the general public on  the same basis as  the
other  shares  offered by  this  Prospectus. Certain  individuals  that purchase
reserved shares may be required to agree not to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares of  Common  Stock, or  securities  convertible into  or  exchangeable  or
exercisable  for Common Stock for a period of three months following the date of
this Prospectus.
 
    The Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1993. Application
will  be made to list the shares of  Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange
under the symbol "LNR."
 
    The Representatives have provided investment banking services in the past to
the Company and/or AEA and have received customary fees therefor.
 
                               VALIDITY OF SHARES
 
    The validity of  the shares of  Common Stock offered  hereby will be  passed
upon  for the Company by Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson (a partnership
including  professional  corporations),   New  York,  New   York  and  for   the
Underwriters by Shearman & Sterling, New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The  Consolidated Financial  Statements as of  March 31, 1995  and March 31,
1996, and for each of the years  in the three-year period ended March 31,  1996,
appearing in this Prospectus and the Registration Statement have been audited by
Ernst  & Young LLP, independent auditors, as  set forth in their reports thereon
appearing elsewhere in this  Prospectus and in  the Registration Statement,  and
are  included in reliance upon  the reports of Ernst &  Young LLP given upon the
authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The Company  has  filed  with  the Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  in
Washington,  D.C. a registration  statement (of which this  Prospectus is a part
and which term  shall encompass any  amendments thereto) on  Form S-1 under  the
Securities  Act with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus
does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration  Statement
and  the  exhibits and  schedules thereto,  to which  reference is  hereby made.
Statements made in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement
or other document referred to are not necessarily complete. With respect to each
such  contract,  agreement  or  other  document  filed  as  an  exhibit  to  the
Registration  Statement, reference  is made to  the exhibit for  a more complete
description of the  matter involved,  and each  such statement  shall be  deemed
qualified in its entirety by such reference.
 
    Upon  completion  of  the  Offering,  the Company  will  be  subject  to the
informational requirements  of  the Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934  and,  in
accordance   therewith,  will  file  reports  and  other  information  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Such reports and other information, as  well
as  the  Registration  Statement  and the  financial  statements,  schedules and
exhibits thereto, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities
of the Securities  and Exchange Commission  at Room 1024,  Judiciary Plaza,  450
Fifth  Street,  N.W., Washington,  D.C.  20549 and  will  also be  available for
inspection and copying at the following  regional offices of the Securities  and
Exchange  Commission: Suite 1300,  Seven World Trade Center,  New York, New York
10048 and  Suite  1400,  Citicorp  Center, 500  West  Madison  Street,  Chicago,
Illinois  60661-2511. Copies of  such material or  any part thereof  may also be
obtained by  mail  from the  public  reference  section of  the  Securities  and
Exchange   Commission,  450  Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549  at
prescribed rates. Copies of such material will also be available for  inspection
at  the offices of the  New York Stock Exchange, 20  Broad Street, New York, New
York 10005.
 
    The  Company  intends  to  furnish  its  stockholders  with  annual  reports
containing audited consolidated financial statements and a report thereon by its
independent  certified public accountants and  will distribute quarterly reports
for the first three quarters of each year containing unaudited summary financial
information.
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Report of Independent Auditors........................................................         F-2
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996......................         F-3
 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended March 31, 1994, March 31, 1995
 and March 31, 1996...................................................................         F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Common Shareholders' Equity for the years ended March 31,
 1994, March 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996..............................................         F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 1994, March 31,
 1995 and March 31, 1996..............................................................         F-6
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................         F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors
Leiner Health Products Group Inc.
 
    We  have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated balance  sheets  of Leiner
Health Products  Group Inc.  as of  March 31,  1995 and  1996, and  the  related
consolidated  statements of income,  common shareholders' equity  and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 1996. These  financial
statements   are   the   responsibility  of   the   Company's   management.  Our
responsibility is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based  on
our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our opinion, the financial statements  referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the  consolidated financial position of Leiner  Health
Products  Group Inc. at March 31, 1995 and 1996, and the consolidated results of
its operations and  its cash flows  for each of  the three years  in the  period
ended   March  31,  1996,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.
 
                                          /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Orange County, California
May 20, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PAR VALUE DATA)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               MARCH 31,
                                                                                         ----------------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>         <C>
                                                                                            1995        1996
                                                                                         ----------  ----------
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents............................................................  $       --  $    1,411
  Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $3,316 and $2,539 at March 31, 1995 and
   1996, respectively..................................................................      72,201      67,459
  Inventories..........................................................................      63,926      71,744
  Deferred income taxes................................................................       5,932       3,826
  Other current assets.................................................................       1,123         862
                                                                                         ----------  ----------
    Total current assets...............................................................     143,182     145,302
Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation and amortization..........      43,011      41,864
Goodwill, less accumulated amortization of $4,527 and $5,608 at March 31, 1995 and
 1996, respectively....................................................................      58,698      52,386
Other noncurrent assets................................................................      12,470      11,762
                                                                                         ----------  ----------
    Total assets.......................................................................  $  257,361  $  251,314
                                                                                         ----------  ----------
                                                                                         ----------  ----------
 
                                     LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Bank checks outstanding, less cash on deposit........................................  $   12,191  $    2,291
  Current portion of long-term debt....................................................       4,090       2,023
  Accounts payable.....................................................................      48,972      53,728
  Customer allowances payable..........................................................       5,388       5,471
  Accrued compensation and benefits....................................................       5,363       4,749
  Income taxes payable.................................................................         344         461
  Other accrued expenses...............................................................       5,144       4,326
                                                                                         ----------  ----------
    Total current liabilities..........................................................      81,492      73,049
Long-term debt.........................................................................     102,572     102,151
Other noncurrent liabilities...........................................................         852       1,115
Deferred income taxes..................................................................         944       2,202
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Notes 12 and 13)
Redeemable preferred stock, $.01 par value:
  Authorized shares -- 30,000
  Issued and outstanding shares -- 11,264 and 12,728 at March 31, 1995 and 1996,
   respectively........................................................................      10,490      11,875
Common shareholders' equity:
  Common stock, $.01 par value:
    Authorized shares -- 821,769 and 837,696 at March 31, 1995 and 1996,
     respectively......................................................................
    Issued and outstanding shares 714,496 at March 31, 1995 and 1996...................           7           7
  Capital in excess of par value.......................................................      54,215      54,347
  Retained earnings....................................................................       6,789       6,568
                                                                                         ----------  ----------
    Total common shareholders' equity..................................................      61,011      60,922
                                                                                         ----------  ----------
    Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.........................................  $  257,361  $  251,314
                                                                                         ----------  ----------
                                                                                         ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                               ----------------------------------
<S>                                                                            <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                                  1994        1995        1996
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
Net sales....................................................................  $  303,629  $  314,730  $  338,417
Cost of sales................................................................     226,045     236,613     253,272
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
Gross profit.................................................................      77,584      78,117      85,145
Marketing, selling and distribution expenses.................................      43,056      42,400      44,228
General and administrative expenses..........................................      16,476      17,302      18,344
Charge for long-lived asset impairment.......................................      --          --           4,730
Amortization of goodwill.....................................................       1,551       1,586       1,585
Other charges................................................................       2,367       1,044         482
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
Operating income.............................................................      14,134      15,785      15,776
Interest expense, net........................................................       6,974       9,010       9,924
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
Income before income taxes...................................................       7,160       6,775       5,852
Provision for income taxes...................................................       3,631       3,333       4,686
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
Net income...................................................................  $    3,529  $    3,442  $    1,166
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
 
Supplemental pro forma net income per share (Note 15 -- unaudited)...........                          $
                                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                                       ----------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
 
             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMMON SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
                   YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              COMMON STOCK        CAPITAL IN              TOTAL COMMON
                                                        ------------------------   EXCESS OF   RETAINED   SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                         SHARES       AMOUNT       PAR VALUE   EARNINGS      EQUITY
                                                        ---------  -------------  -----------  ---------  ------------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>        <C>
Balance at March 31, 1993.............................    709,568    $       7     $  53,425   $   1,408   $   54,840
Issuance of Class A common shares pursuant to Stock
 Purchase Plan........................................      4,928       --               493      --              493
Stock option compensation.............................     --           --               165      --              165
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock dividends.....     --           --            --            (390)        (390)
Redeemable preferred stock accretion..................     --           --            --              (3)          (3)
Net income............................................     --           --            --           3,529        3,529
                                                                            --
                                                        ---------                 -----------  ---------  ------------
Balance at March 31, 1994.............................    714,496            7        54,083       4,544       58,634
Stock option compensation.............................     --           --               132      --              132
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock dividends.....     --           --            --          (1,187)      (1,187)
Redeemable preferred stock accretion..................     --           --            --             (10)         (10)
Net income............................................     --           --            --           3,442        3,442
                                                                            --
                                                        ---------                 -----------  ---------  ------------
Balance at March 31, 1995.............................    714,496            7        54,215       6,789       61,011
Stock option compensation.............................     --           --               132      --              132
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock dividends.....     --           --            --          (1,377)      (1,377)
Redeemable preferred stock accretion..................     --           --            --             (10)         (10)
Net income............................................     --           --            --           1,166        1,166
                                                                            --
                                                        ---------                 -----------  ---------  ------------
Balance at March 31, 1996.............................    714,496    $       7     $  54,347   $   6,568   $   60,922
                                                                            --
                                                                            --
                                                        ---------                 -----------  ---------  ------------
                                                        ---------                 -----------  ---------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                 ---------------------------------
<S>                                                                              <C>         <C>         <C>
                                                                                    1994        1995       1996
                                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income.....................................................................  $    3,529  $    3,442  $   1,166
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating
 activities:
  Depreciation and amortization................................................       7,407      10,698     12,496
  Stock and stock option compensation expense..................................         264         132        132
  Deferred income taxes........................................................       2,684       2,779      3,364
  Write-off of deferred financing charges......................................       1,753      --         --
  Charge for long-lived asset impairment.......................................      --          --          4,730
                                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------
                                                                                     15,637      17,051     21,888
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable........................................................     (22,469)     (4,600)     4,742
    Inventories................................................................      (7,404)        (99)    (7,818)
    Bank checks outstanding, less cash on deposit..............................      --          12,191     (9,900)
    Accounts payable...........................................................       6,269       1,123      4,756
    Customer allowances payable................................................         934      (7,330)       260
    Accrued compensation and benefits..........................................      (1,839)     (1,339)      (925)
    Other accrued expenses.....................................................      (6,085)     (4,423)    (1,252)
    Income taxes payable.......................................................         (88)         (1)       691
    Other......................................................................        (956)        321        261
                                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities............................     (16,001)     12,894     12,703
                                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to property, plant and equipment, net................................     (15,042)    (16,722)    (3,468)
Increase in other noncurrent assets............................................      (3,427)     (4,935)    (5,335)
                                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------
Net cash used in investing activities..........................................     (18,469)    (21,657)    (8,803)
                                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net borrowings under bank line of credit.......................................      21,800       5,225         78
Increase in other long-term debt...............................................       3,800       5,662      1,305
Payments on other long-term debt...............................................      (2,915)     (3,566)    (3,872)
Proceeds from sale of stock....................................................       9,394      --         --
                                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities............................      32,079       7,321     (2,489)
                                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents...........................      (2,391)     (1,442)     1,411
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period...............................       3,833       1,442     --
                                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.....................................  $    1,442  $       --  $   1,411
                                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------
                                                                                 ----------  ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 MARCH 31, 1996
CONTEMPORANEOUSLY  WITH  AND  SUBJECT TO  THE  COMPLETION OF  AN  INITIAL PUBLIC
OFFERING, THE COMPANY INTENDS TO CONVERT  ALL OUTSTANDING CLASSES OF ITS  COMMON
STOCK  TO A SINGLE CLASS ON  A SHARE-FOR-SHARE BASIS AND EFFECT  A   FOR-1 STOCK
SPLIT (COLLECTIVELY, THE RECAPITALIZATION). THE COMPANY WILL APPLY A PORTION  OF
THE  NET PROCEEDS OF  THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING  TO REPAY CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
AND TO  REDEEM ALL  OF  THE COMPANY'S  OUTSTANDING REDEEMABLE  PREFERRED  STOCK.
EXCEPT  FOR  NOTE  15 (UNAUDITED),  THESE  NOTES TO  THE  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS DO  NOT  REFLECT  THE  RECAPITALIZATION  OR  THE  REDEMPTION  OF  THE
REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK.
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The  accompanying financial statements include the accounts of Leiner Health
Products Group  Inc. and  its direct  and indirect  subsidiaries, including  its
principal  operating subsidiary, Leiner  Health Products Inc.  on a consolidated
basis (the Company). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have
been eliminated in consolidation.
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect the  reported  amounts of  assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the financial
statements and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
    BUSINESS
 
    The  Company  is  primarily  involved  in  a  single  business  segment, the
manufacture and  distribution  of  vitamins, over-the-counter  drugs  and  other
health and beauty aid products.
 
    CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three
months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
 
    FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    Fair  values of  cash and  cash equivalents,  short-term borrowings  and the
current portion of long-term  debt approximate cost due  to the short period  of
time  to maturity.  Fair values  of long-term  debt, which  have been determined
based on  borrowing rates  currently available  to the  Company for  loans  with
similar  terms or maturity, approximate the carrying amounts in the consolidated
financial statements.
 
    INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are  stated at  the lower  of cost  or market,  with cost  being
determined by the first-in, first-out method.
 
    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property,  plant  and  equipment  are stated  at  cost,  net  of accumulated
depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided  using
the  straight-line method,  at rates designed  to distribute the  cost of assets
over their estimated service lives  or, for leasehold improvements, the  shorter
of  their estimated  service lives or  their remaining  lease terms. Depreciable
lives range from 3 to 32 years.
 
    OTHER ASSETS
 
    Goodwill, representing the excess of the purchase price over the fair values
of the net assets of  acquired entities, is being  amortized over the period  of
expected  benefit of  40 years. Deferred  financing charges  are being amortized
based on the principal balance outstanding using the effective interest  method.
Other  intangible assets are being amortized over the period of expected benefit
of 15 years.  Costs associated  with acquiring long-term  sales agreements  with
certain customers are being amortized over the terms of the agreements.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    The  Company recognizes revenue from product  sales at the time of shipment.
Provisions are made currently for estimated returns.
 
    STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
    The Company accounts for stock-based  compensation plans in accordance  with
Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion  No. 25  (APB  25), "Accounting  for Stock
Issued to Employees" and  related interpretations. Under  the provisions of  APB
25,  compensation  expense is  measured  at the  grant  date for  the difference
between the fair value of the stock, less the exercise price.
 
    ADVERTISING COSTS
 
    Advertising costs  are expensed  as incurred.  Advertising expense  for  the
years  ended  March  31, 1994,  1995  and  1996 was  $9,272,000,  $8,293,000 and
$8,731,000, respectively.
 
    IMPACT OF RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
    In March  1995, the  FASB  issued Statement  No.  121, "Accounting  for  the
Impairment  of Long-Lived Assets  and for Long-Lived Assets  to Be Disposed Of,"
which requires impairment  losses to be  recorded on long-lived  assets used  in
operations  when indicators of impairment are  present and the undiscounted cash
flows estimated  to be  generated by  those  assets are  less than  the  assets'
carrying  amount.  Statement 121  also addresses  the accounting  for long-lived
assets that  are  expected  to  be disposed  of.  Under  these  rules,  goodwill
associated with assets acquired in purchase business combinations is included in
impairment  evaluations  when events  or circumstances  exist that  indicate the
carrying amount of those assets may not be recoverable. The Company has  elected
to adopt the provisions of Statement 121 in fiscal 1996.
 
    In  October  1995,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  No.  123,  "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation," which establishes financial accounting and  reporting
standards  for stock-based employee compensation  plans. The Company will comply
with  this  standard  in  fiscal   1997.  It  is  currently  determining   which
alternatives available within the standard will be adopted.
 
2.  FORMATION
    On  April 29, 1992,  Leiner Health Products Group  Inc., an inactive holding
corporation, was recapitalized  in connection with  the acquisition from  Booker
plc and others of the outstanding shares of P. Leiner Nutritional Products Corp.
(Leiner),  effective May 4, 1992,  in a business combination  accounted for as a
purchase. This transaction had  a total value,  including transaction costs,  of
approximately  $77  million.  As part  of  this transaction,  Leiner  issued $45
million of senior notes  and obtained a $25  million credit agreement which  was
later  increased to $55 million (Note 6).  On May 22, 1992, the Company acquired
the assets and paid certain liabilities  of XCEL Laboratories, Inc. (XCEL) in  a
transaction  accounted  for as  a purchase.  The assets  and liabilities  of the
acquired entities were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the date of
the transactions. The excess of  the purchase price over  the fair value of  the
net   assets  acquired  in  these  transactions,  aggregating  $63,184,000,  was
classified as goodwill.
 
3.  LONG-LIVED ASSET IMPAIRMENT
    During fiscal 1996, the Company decided to significantly reduce the size  of
its  over-the-counter liquids  manufacturing business.  Accordingly, the Company
evaluated the ongoing value  of the plant, equipment  and related goodwill  that
arose  as part of the XCEL acquisition in May 1992. Goodwill was allocated based
on the relative estimated  fair value of  the long-lived assets  at the date  of
acquisition.  Based on its evaluation, the Company determined that assets with a
carrying amount of $8,256,000 were impaired and wrote them down by $4,730,000 to
their fair value. Fair  value was based on  independent appraisals of the  plant
and  equipment. This  asset impairment charge  is reflected  in the consolidated
balance sheet as a reduction in the carrying amount of goodwill.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
4.  COMPOSITION OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ITEMS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   MARCH 31,
                                                                                             ---------------------
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
                                                                                               1995        1996
                                                                                             ---------  ----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
Inventories:
  Raw materials, bulk vitamins and packaging materials.....................................  $  41,064  $   40,950
  Work-in-process..........................................................................      2,883       3,573
  Finished products........................................................................     19,979      27,221
                                                                                             ---------  ----------
                                                                                             $  63,926  $   71,744
                                                                                             ---------  ----------
                                                                                             ---------  ----------
Property, plant and equipment:
  Land.....................................................................................  $     537  $      537
  Buildings and improvements...............................................................      3,012       3,012
  Leasehold improvements...................................................................      9,257       9,761
  Machinery and equipment..................................................................     34,924      37,781
  Furniture and fixtures...................................................................      2,699       2,790
                                                                                             ---------  ----------
                                                                                                50,429      53,881
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization...........................................     (7,418)    (12,017)
                                                                                             ---------  ----------
                                                                                             $  43,011  $   41,864
                                                                                             ---------  ----------
                                                                                             ---------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
5.  SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                       -------------------------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                                         1994       1995       1996
                                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash paid during the period for:
  Interest...........................................................................  $   6,853  $   8,759  $   9,532
  Income taxes, net of refunds received..............................................      1,136        555        616
</TABLE>
 
6.  LONG-TERM DEBT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  MARCH 31,
                                                                                            ----------------------
<S>                                                                                         <C>         <C>
                                                                                               1995        1996
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                         <C>         <C>
Long-term debt consists of:
  Senior note agreements (Series A and B).................................................  $   45,000  $   45,000
  Credit agreement, banks.................................................................      42,725      42,803
  Revolving loan agreement, vendor........................................................       7,999       8,271
  Term loan, bank.........................................................................       2,595       1,898
  Note payable to Walgreen Company........................................................       1,000      --
  Industrial revenue bonds................................................................         250         125
  Capital lease obligations...............................................................       7,093       6,077
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                               106,662     104,174
  Less current portion....................................................................      (4,090)     (2,023)
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
    Total long-term debt..................................................................  $  102,572  $  102,151
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
                                                                                            ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    SENIOR NOTE AGREEMENTS (SERIES A AND B)
 
    Series A notes aggregate $35,000,000 and bear interest at 9.44% and Series B
notes aggregate $10,000,000 and bear interest at 9.60%. The senior notes are due
in equal annual installments aggregating
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6.  LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
$11,250,000 commencing April 30,  1999 through April 30,  2002. These notes  are
subject  to certain mandatory prepayments in  the event of the sale, disposition
or loss of equipment or in the event of the sale, transfer or other  disposition
of all or a significant portion, as defined, of the Company's assets. Borrowings
under  these agreements, together with the  Credit Agreement, Banks, are secured
by a pledge of all of the stock of the Company's principal operating subsidiary.
 
    CREDIT AGREEMENT, BANKS
 
    On December  10, 1993,  the Company  entered into  a Credit  Agreement  that
expires  on June 30, 1998  and permits the Company  to borrow up to $55,000,000,
subject to  borrowing  base  limitations,  as  defined.  Borrowings  under  this
agreement  bear interest at either the bank's  base rate plus up to 1.25% (9.50%
at March 31, 1996) or LIBOR  plus up to 2.25% (7.69%  at March 31, 1996) at  the
option  of  the Company.  In addition  to  certain agent  and up-front  fees, as
defined, this agreement requires a commitment  fee of 1/2% of the average  daily
unused  portion of the revolving loan  commitment amount, as defined. Borrowings
under this agreement, together with the Senior Note Agreements, are secured by a
pledge of all of the stock  of the Company's principal operating subsidiary.  In
connection  with refinancing the credit  agreement in December 1993, unamortized
debt issue costs of $1,753,000 were included in other charges in the year  ended
March 31, 1994.
 
    REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT, VENDOR
 
    The  revolving  loan agreement  expires  on May  31,  1997, and  permits the
Company to borrow  up to a  maximum of $9,500,000  subject to certain  borrowing
base  limitations, as defined.  Borrowings under this  facility bear interest at
either the prime rate less .50% or the LIBOR rate plus .25% (5.69% at March  31,
1996).   The  principal  amount  outstanding  under  the  facility  is  adjusted
semi-annually based upon purchases from  the vendor during the preceding  twelve
months.
 
    TERM LOAN, BANK
 
    The  Company entered into a $3,797,000 term  loan on September 9, 1993 which
is payable  in monthly  installments of  $63,283 through  August 31,  1998.  The
outstanding  principal balance bears interest at the prime rate plus .50% (8.75%
at March 31, 1996).  At any time during  the term of the  loan, the Company  may
convert  the loan from a variable  rate loan to a fixed  rate loan at the bank's
base rate plus .50%. The  term loan is secured by  certain equipment with a  net
book value of approximately $4,254,000 at March 31, 1996.
 
    INDUSTRIAL REVENUE BONDS
 
    The  Company is obligated under industrial  revenue bonds issued through the
City of Kalamazoo,  Michigan, requiring  annual principal  payments of  $125,000
through  July 1996 and bearing interest at  7.7% per annum on the unpaid balance
payable on January 1 and July 1 of each year. The bonds are secured by land  and
building with a net book value of approximately $645,000 at March 31, 1996.
 
    CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS
 
    The  capital lease obligations are  payable in variable monthly installments
through April 2000, bear interest at effective rates ranging from 6.8% to  14.5%
and  are secured by equipment with a  net book value of approximately $6,143,000
at March 31, 1996.
 
    COVENANTS AND MINIMUM PAYMENTS
 
    Provisions of certain of the Company's debt agreements include terms,  among
others,   that  require  the  Company  to  maintain  certain  financial  ratios.
Furthermore, the agreements restrict  indebtedness and expenditures for  capital
improvements,  dividend distributions and  investments. A change  of control, as
defined, will constitute a  default under the Credit  Agreement and the  Company
may  be required to redeem the  Senior Notes, including allowed interest thereon
and a premium.  In addition,  should the Defense  and Indemnification  Agreement
discussed  in Note  13 expire or  cease to be  effective, or if  the Supplier or
Showa
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6.  LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
Denko K.K. fail to comply  with its terms, and  the aggregate amount payable  in
connection  with  the L-Tryptophan  litigation  exceeds specified  amounts, such
occurrence will constitute an event of  default under the Credit Agreement  and,
in  certain cases, the Senior Note Agreements. As of March 31, 1996, the Company
was in compliance with the covenants  and conditions of the original  agreements
as  amended and restated.  Due to restrictions  in the Credit  Agreement and the
Senior  Note  Agreement,  none  of  the  retained  earnings  are  available  for
dividends.
 
    Principal payments on long-term debt through fiscal 2001 and thereafter are:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                (IN
FISCAL YEAR                                                                                 THOUSANDS)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>
1997.....................................................................................   $     2,023
1998.....................................................................................        10,144
1999.....................................................................................        44,001
2000.....................................................................................        12,797
2001.....................................................................................        12,709
Thereafter...............................................................................        22,500
                                                                                           -------------
  Total..................................................................................   $   104,174
                                                                                           -------------
                                                                                           -------------
</TABLE>
 
7.  INCOME TAXES
    Deferred  income taxes are  computed using the  liability method and reflect
the effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets  and
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax
purposes.  Valuation  allowances  are  established,  when  necessary,  to reduce
deferred tax assets to  estimated realizable amounts.  The provision for  income
taxes  reflects the taxes  to be paid for  the period and  the change during the
period in the deferred tax assets and liabilities.
 
    Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and  liabilities
are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    MARCH 31,
                                                                                               --------------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>        <C>
                                                                                                 1995       1996
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                            <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Acquisition related accruals...............................................................  $   1,621  $     485
  Inventory capitalization...................................................................      1,116        759
  Compensation accruals......................................................................        332        442
  Inventory obsolescence reserves............................................................      1,149      1,033
  Allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns.........................................      1,278      1,031
  Federal net operating loss carryforward....................................................        247     --
  Other......................................................................................        690        135
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
  Total deferred tax assets..................................................................      6,433      3,885
  Valuation allowances.......................................................................        (59)       (59)
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
Net deferred tax assets......................................................................      6,374      3,826
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Fixed assets book versus tax basis difference..............................................     (1,386)    (2,202)
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
Deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities.........................................  $   4,988  $   1,624
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                               ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
7.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The  following is a reconciliation of  the statutory federal income tax rate
to the Company's effective income tax rate:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                     -------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>
                                                                                        1994         1995         1996
                                                                                        -----        -----        -----
Tax at U.S. statutory rates........................................................          35%          35%          35%
Charge for long-lived asset impairment.............................................      --           --               28
Goodwill amortization..............................................................           7            8            9
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit.....................................           9            6            8
                                                                                             --           --           --
                                                                                             51%          49%          80%
                                                                                             --           --           --
                                                                                             --           --           --
</TABLE>
 
    Significant components of the provision for income taxes are:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  YEARS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                             -------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>
                                                                               1994       1995       1996
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
Current:
  Federal..................................................................  $     556  $     348  $   1,176
  State....................................................................        391        206        146
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
Total current..............................................................        947        554      1,322
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
Deferred:
  Federal..................................................................      2,200      2,251      2,846
  State....................................................................        484        528        518
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
Total deferred.............................................................      2,684      2,779      3,364
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                             $   3,631  $   3,333  $   4,686
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
8.  REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK
    On December 1, 1993,  the Company's Class  B common shareholders  authorized
the issuance of up to 30,000 shares of Payment-In-Kind, Exchangeable, Redeemable
Series  A Preferred Stock  (Redeemable Preferred Stock).  In connection with the
refinancing of its Credit Agreement on  December 10, 1993 (Note 6), the  Company
issued  10,000 shares of the Redeemable Preferred Stock to AEA Investors Inc. in
exchange for $9,000,000 cash. The redeemable preferred stock has been  presented
net  of issuance  costs of  $100,000 and the  amount is  being increased through
periodic accretions over the 10 year period ending December 1, 2003.
 
    Except as expressly required by statute or the exchange provisions discussed
below, holders  of  the  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  have  no  voting  rights.
Cumulative  dividends  are  payable  on  the  outstanding  shares  of Redeemable
Preferred Stock at the rate  of 13% per annum  on the liquidation preference  of
each  share per year payable annually commencing December 1, 1994. At the option
of the Company, such dividends  are payable in cash  or in additional shares  of
the  Redeemable Preferred Stock. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of the Company, the  holders of the outstanding shares of  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock are to be paid, before any payments or declarations are made in
respect of the outstanding shares of common  stock, an amount equal to $900  per
share  of  Redeemable Preferred  Stock then  outstanding,  plus all  accrued but
unpaid dividends  thereon.  During fiscal  1994,  1995 and  1996,  dividends  of
$390,000,  $1,187,000 and  $1,377,000, respectively,  have been  accreted to the
Redeemable Preferred Stock. During fiscal 1995 and fiscal 1996, 1,264 and  1,464
shares,  respectively, of  the Redeemable  Preferred Stock  have been  issued as
dividends.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
8.  REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK (CONTINUED)
    The Company, at the option  of its Board of  Directors, may redeem for  cash
the  outstanding shares of Redeemable  Preferred Stock in whole  or in part at a
redemption price equal to $900 per  share plus any accrued and unpaid  dividends
through the redemption date.
 
    The Company must redeem the Redeemable Preferred Stock on the earlier of (i)
December  1, 2003, or (ii)  the failure of AEA  Investors Inc. together with its
employees, shareholders, directors and officers (a) to own beneficially at least
51% of the issued and outstanding shares of the common stock of the Company  and
(b) to have and exercise voting power for the election of at least a majority of
the Company's Board of Directors.
 
    The  Company, with  the consent  of the  majority holders  of the Redeemable
Preferred Stock, as defined, may require the holders of the Redeemable Preferred
Stock to  exchange  all  of  such  shares  of  Redeemable  Preferred  Stock  for
debentures  in a principal  amount equal to  $900 for each  outstanding share of
Redeemable Preferred Stock, together with all accrued but unpaid dividends.
 
9.  COMMON SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
    COMMON STOCK
 
    Common shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 1995 and 1996 consist of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                VOTING
     CLASS      RIGHTS      COMMON SHARES
- -----------  ------------  ---------------
<C>          <S>           <C>
     A         Nonvoting        551,392
     B            Voting         10,000
     C         Nonvoting        153,104
                                -------
                                714,496
                                -------
                                -------
</TABLE>
 
    Except as expressly  required by statute,  the entire voting  power and  all
voting rights are vested exclusively in the Class B common stock. Each holder of
shares  of the Class  B common stock is  entitled to one vote  for each share of
Class B  common stock  held. Except  as required  for the  Redeemable  Preferred
Stock,   dividends  or   distributions  in  connection   with  the  liquidation,
dissolution or winding  up of the  affairs of the  Company, or not  paid out  of
current or accumulated earnings, as defined, are to be paid first to the holders
of  Class A  common stock on  a ratable basis  up to  $100 per share  of Class A
common stock  held.  Such  dividends  or  distributions  are  then  to  be  paid
exclusively  to the  holders of Class  B and Class  C common stock  on a ratable
basis up  to $100  per  share of  Class B  or  Class C  common stock  held.  Any
remaining liquidation and all other dividends or distributions are to be paid on
a ratable basis to all common shareholders.
 
    MIDDLE MANAGEMENT STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    The  Company's Middle Management  Stock Purchase Plan  (Stock Purchase Plan)
provides for the issuance of up to 13,238 shares of the Company's Class A common
stock to key employees of the Company.  Shares are issued pursuant to the  Stock
Purchase  Plan  at  purchase  prices  established  by  the  Company's  Board  of
Directors. Class A common stock totaling 13,040 shares have been issued pursuant
to the Stock Purchase Plan at a  price of $80 per share. The difference  between
the  fair  market value  of the  Class A  common stock  and the  purchase price,
aggregating $261,000, was recognized as compensation expense in fiscal 1993  and
1994.
 
    XCEL EARN-OUT OPTION AGREEMENTS
 
    In  connection  with the  May 22,  1992  acquisition of  XCEL (Note  2), the
Company issued options to the former shareholders of XCEL to purchase shares  of
Class  A common stock  of the Company.  These options are  exercisable solely in
exchange for the additional consideration, not to exceed $2,517,000, that may be
payable by the  Company (to the  extent earned), to  the former shareholders  of
XCEL.  The  number  of  shares  that may  be  acquired  pursuant  to  the option
agreements   will    be   computed    by   dividing    the   amount    of    the
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
9.  COMMON SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
additional  consideration due at March 31, 1997, by the per share price of $305.
The options granted may be exercised during the 30-day period commencing 90 days
after the  end  of  the fiscal  year.  Through  March 31,  1996,  no  additional
consideration was earned by the former shareholders of XCEL.
 
    STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    The  Company's  Stock Option  Plan,  as amended  in  1995, provides  for the
issuance of nonqualified stock options to certain key employees and directors to
purchase up to 100,000 shares  of Class A common  stock. Options granted are  at
exercise  prices as determined by the Board of Directors, but not less than $100
per share. Options generally vest on a pro rata basis at a rate of 25% per year,
with 25% immediate vesting on  the date of grant, and  expire no later than  ten
years from the date of grant.
 
    As  of March 31, 1996,  the Company has granted  options to purchase 100,000
shares of Class A common stock at exercise prices ranging from $100 to $145  per
share.  The aggregate difference between the  estimated fair market value of the
Class A common  stock and the  exercise price  of the options  granted is  being
recognized  as compensation expense  over the vesting period  of the options. At
March 31, 1996, 83,147  options were exercisable and  no options were  available
for future grant.
 
    The  Company has reserved a total of  123,398 shares of Class A common stock
for issuance under the  Stock Option Plan, XCEL  Earn-Out Option agreements  and
Middle Management Stock Purchase Plan as of March 31, 1996.
 
10. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
    The  Company has contributory retirement  plans that cover substantially all
of the Company's  employees who meet  minimum service requirements  and are  not
covered  by a collective bargaining agreement. The Company's contribution to the
plans is discretionary and is determined annually by the Board of Directors. The
Company's  contribution  to  the  plans   is  funded  annually.  The   Company's
contributions totaled $923,000, $969,000 and $1,011,000 for the plan years ended
March 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    The  Company  leased  certain facilities  under  an operating  lease  with a
partnership which includes two officers  of the Company's operating  subsidiary.
The  lease was terminated  as of March  31, 1995. Rents  paid to the partnership
totaled $477,000 during each of the years ended March 31, 1994 and 1995.
 
    In connection with the transaction discussed in Note 2, the Company paid one
of its shareholders, AEA Investors Inc., an investment banking fee of $1,500,000
and reimbursed certain  transaction related expenses  aggregating $574,000.  The
Company  also paid to AEA Investors Inc. management fees of $350,000 during each
of the three years ended March 31, 1996, which are included in other charges  in
the accompanying consolidated statements of income.
 
12. COMMITMENTS
 
    OPERATING LEASES
 
    The  Company leases  certain real  estate for  its manufacturing facilities,
warehouses, corporate  and sales  offices, as  well as  certain equipment  under
operating  leases  (noncancelable) that  expire at  various dates  through March
2004.  Total  rents  charged  to  operations  were  $4,448,000,  $5,558,000  and
$4,679,000 for the years ended March 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
12. COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)
    Minimum  future obligations on  noncancelable operating leases  in effect at
March 31, 1996 are:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      (IN
FISCAL YEAR                                                                       THOUSANDS)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                              <C>
1997...........................................................................    $   3,834
1998...........................................................................        2,567
1999...........................................................................        2,441
2000...........................................................................        2,010
2001...........................................................................        1,840
Thereafter.....................................................................        3,262
                                                                                 -------------
Total minimum lease payments...................................................    $  15,954
                                                                                 -------------
                                                                                 -------------
</TABLE>
 
13. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
    L-TRYPTOPHAN
 
    Due to a strong epidemiological  link between the ingestion of  L-Tryptophan
and  a blood disorder known as eosinophilia myalgia syndrome (EMS) discovered in
1989, numerous manufacturers, distributors, suppliers, importers, and  retailers
of L-Tryptophan or products containing L-Tryptophan are or were defendants in an
estimated  2,000 actions brought in federal or state courts seeking compensatory
and, in some  cases, punitive  damages for alleged  personal injuries  resulting
from  the ingestion of  certain products containing L-Tryptophan.  As of May 13,
1996, the Company and/or  certain of its customers,  many of whom have  tendered
their  defense to the Company,  had been named in  approximately 650 lawsuits of
which approximately 640 have been settled. There has been no indication that EMS
was caused  by  any  formulation  or manufacturing  fault  of  the  Company  and
extensive  evidence now indicates that some shipments from a single raw material
supplier  may  have  caused  the  illness.  As  a  result  of  the  Defense  and
Indemnification  Agreement described  below, to  date the  Company has  not been
required to make any payments towards the cost of defense or settlement for  any
of these lawsuits.
 
    The   Company  and  certain  other  companies  in  the  industry,  including
distributors, wholesalers and  retailers (the Indemnified  Group), have  entered
into an agreement (the Defense and Indemnification Agreement) with the Company's
supplier  of bulk L-Tryptophan, Showa Denko  America, Inc. (the Supplier), under
which the Supplier,  a U.S. subsidiary  of a major  Japanese corporation,  Showa
Denko  K.K., has assumed the defense of all claims against the Indemnified Group
arising out of the ingestion of
L-Tryptophan products and has agreed to pay the legal fees and expenses in  that
defense.  The Supplier has agreed to indemnify the Indemnified Group against any
judgments and to fund settlements arising out of those actions and claims if  it
is  determined that a  cause of the  injuries sustained by  the plaintiffs was a
constituent in the bulk material sold by the Supplier to the Indemnified  Group,
except  for certain claims  relating to punitive damages.  To date, the Supplier
has funded all settlements and paid all legal fees and expenses incurred by  the
Indemnified Group.
 
    Of  the remaining ten cases, management of  the Company does not expect that
the Company will be  required to make any  material payments in connection  with
their  resolution  by  virtue  of  the  Defense  and  Indemnification Agreement.
Accordingly, no provision has been made in the Company's Consolidated  Financial
Statements  for any loss  that may result  from these remaining  actions. In the
event that  the  Supplier  ceases  to  honor  the  Defense  and  Indemnification
Agreement,  the Company has  product liability insurance  which it believes will
provide adequate coverage for any remaining liability for compensatory  damages,
legal  defense costs  and, in  certain states,  punitive damages,  in each case,
arising from its sales of the L-Tryptophan, subject to deductibles not to exceed
$900,000 in the aggregate.
 
    OTHER
    The Company is subject to other legal proceedings and claims which arise  in
the normal course of business. While the outcome of these proceedings and claims
cannot  be predicted with certainty, management  does not believe the outcome of
any of  these matters  will have  a  material adverse  effect on  the  Company's
consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
14. CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK AND SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS
    Financial   instruments   which   potentially   subject   the   Company   to
concentrations of  credit risk  consist principally  of trade  receivables.  The
Company  sells its  products to  a geographically  diverse customer  base in the
drugstore, supermarket  and  discount  chain industries.  The  Company  performs
ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains reserves for potential
losses.  For  the years  ended  March 31,  1994,  1995 and  1996,  two customers
represented  approximately  16%  and  13%,  19%  and  14%,  and  21%  and   13%,
respectively, of net sales.
 
15. EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DATE OF AUDITORS' REPORT (UNAUDITED)
 
    RECAPITALIZATION
 
    Contemporaneously  with and subject  to the completion  of an initial public
offering, the Company intends to convert  all outstanding classes of its  common
stock  to a single  class on a  share-for-share basis and effect  a       -for-1
stock split (collectively, the Recapitalization). All voting rights will vest in
the single class of common stock remaining after the common stock conversion and
split, and all  common shares will  have the same  dividend rights. The  Company
will  apply a  portion of  the net  proceeds of  the initial  public offering to
redeem all  of the  Company's  outstanding Redeemable  Preferred Stock  and  all
accrued but unpaid dividends.
 
    The  Company's common shareholders' equity at March 31, 1996, as adjusted on
a pro forma basis for the Recapitalization follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            MARCH 31,
                                                                                              1996      AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                           -----------  -----------
                                                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS,
                                                                                            EXCEPT PAR VALUE DATA)
<S>                                                                                        <C>          <C>
Common stock, $.01 par value:
  Class A, nonvoting, 551,392 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 1996............   $       5    $      --
  Class B, voting, 10,000 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 1996................          --           --
  Class C, nonvoting, 153,104 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 1996............           2           --
  Common stock, as adjusted,         shares outstanding at March 31, 1996................          --           --
Capital in excess of par value...........................................................      54,347
Retained earnings........................................................................       6,568
                                                                                           -----------  -----------
Total common shareholders' equity........................................................   $  60,922    $  60,922
                                                                                           -----------  -----------
                                                                                           -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company's common shares reserved for issuance pursuant to the  Company's
Stock  Option  Plan,  the  XCEL  Earn-Out  Option  Agreements,  and  the  Middle
Management Stock Purchase Plan  at March 31,  1996, as adjusted  on a pro  forma
basis for the Recapitalization follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            MARCH 31,
                                                                                              1996      AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                           -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                        <C>          <C>
Stock Option Plan........................................................................     100,000
XCEL Earn-Out Option Agreements..........................................................      23,200
Middle Management Stock Purchase Plan....................................................         198
                                                                                           -----------  -----------
Total number of common shares reserved for issuance......................................     123,398
                                                                                           -----------  -----------
                                                                                           -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    As  a  result of  the Recapitalization,  the average  exercise price  of the
options outstanding under the Stock Option Plan will be adjusted to $        per
share and the XCEL  Earn-Out Options will  be adjusted to  an exercise price  of
$        per share in fiscal 1997.
 
    MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT TERMINATION
 
    It  is  anticipated  that  the  Company will  pay  $1.5  million  to  AEA in
connection with the termination  of a management  agreement between the  Company
and AEA.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
15. EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DATE OF AUDITORS' REPORT (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)
    SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER SHARE
 
    Supplemental  pro forma net  income per share  for the year  ended March 31,
1996 is computed based on       shares  of common and common equivalent  shares.
This  computation gives  effect to  the Recapitalization  and uses  the weighted
average number of  shares and  common share equivalents  outstanding during  the
year  increased by the assumed issuance  of    shares  of common stock as of the
beginning of the year.  Further, it is  assumed that the  net proceeds from  the
issuance  of these shares of  common stock were used as  of the beginning of the
year to redeem all of the Company's Redeemable Preferred Stock and repay amounts
outstanding under  the Credit  Agreement and  vendor revolving  loan  agreement,
thereby  eliminating from the  calculation related preferred  stock accretion of
$1,387,000  and  interest  expense,  net  of  related  income  tax  benefit,  of
$2,761,000  incurred  in  fiscal  1996.  Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of the
Securities and  Exchange  Commission, common  shares  issued during  the  twelve
months  immediately  preceding the  proposed initial  public offering,  plus the
number of shares of common stock  equivalents from stock options granted  during
this period (determined using the treasury stock method and the estimated public
offering  price)  have  been  included  in  the  calculation  as  if  they  were
outstanding for the  entire year.  This supplemental  pro forma  net income  per
share  computation does not give effect to any additional common shares expected
to be issued in the contemplated initial public offering nor does it give effect
to any other potential cost savings to be derived.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
 
  NO  DEALER, SALESPERSON  OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL  HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR  MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATIONS NOT  CONTAINED IN  THIS PROSPECTUS  IN
CONNECTION  WITH THE OFFERING COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
TO SELL,  OR  A SOLICITATION  OF  AN  OFFER TO  BUY,  THE COMMON  STOCK  IN  ANY
JURISDICTION  WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER
OR SOLICITATION.  NEITHER THE  DELIVERY OF  THIS PROSPECTUS  NOR ANY  SALE  MADE
HEREUNDER  SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE  AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS OR IN THE  AFFAIRS
OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
                              -------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................           3
Risk Factors...................................          10
The Company....................................          15
Use of Proceeds................................          17
Dividend Policy................................          17
Dilution.......................................          18
Capitalization.................................          19
Pro Forma Financial Information................          20
Selected Consolidated Financial Data...........          23
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...................................          25
Business.......................................          31
Management.....................................          52
Principal Stockholders.........................          59
Certain Transactions...........................          61
Description of Certain Indebtedness............          61
Description of Capital Stock...................          65
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................          67
Underwriting...................................          70
Validity of Shares.............................          71
Experts........................................          71
Available Information..........................          72
Index to Financial Statements..................         F-1
</TABLE>
 
                              -------------------
 
  UNTIL                , 1996 (25  DAYS AFTER THE DATE  OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE REQUIRED  TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS. THIS  DELIVERY
REQUIREMENT  IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
WHEN ACTING  AS UNDERWRITERS  AND WITH  RESPECT TO  THEIR UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS  OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                5,000,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                             ---------------------
 
                              MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
 
                                LEHMAN BROTHERS
 
                              SALOMON BROTHERS INC
 
                                           , 1996
 
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The  following table  sets forth  the estimated  expenses to  be incurred in
connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered
hereby, other than underwriting discounts and commissions.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
SEC registration fee (actual)..............................................  $  29,741
NYSE filing fee............................................................      *
NASD fees (actual).........................................................      9,125
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses.............................      *
Accounting fees and expenses...............................................      *
Legal fees and expenses....................................................      *
Blue Sky expenses and counsel fees.........................................     26,000
Printing and engraving expenses............................................      *
Miscellaneous..............................................................      *
                                                                             ---------
    Total..................................................................  $   *
                                                                             ---------
                                                                             ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*To be filed by amendment.
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    The Registrant, as a  Delaware corporation, is empowered  by section 145  of
the  General Corporation Law of  the State of Delaware  (the "DGCL"), subject to
the procedures and limitations stated  therein, to indemnify any person  against
expenses  (including  attorneys' fees),  judgments,  fines and  amounts  paid in
settlement actually  and  reasonably incurred  by  him in  connection  with  any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which such person
is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his being or having been a
director,  officer, employee  or agent of  the Registrant.  The statute provides
that indemnification pursuant to its provisions is not exclusive of other rights
of indemnification to which a person may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement,
vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The  Registrant's
certificate  of incorporation provides for  indemnification by the Registrant of
its directors and officers to the full extent permitted by the DGCL. Pursuant to
section 145 of the DGCL, the Registrant has purchased insurance on behalf of its
present and former directors and officers against any liability asserted against
or incurred by them in such capacity or arising out of their status as such.
 
    Pursuant to  specific authority  granted by  section 102  of the  DGCL,  the
Registrant's  certificate  of  incorporation  contains  the  following provision
regarding limitation of liability of directors and officers.
 
    "To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law  as
    the  same exists or may hereafter be  amended, a Director of the Corporation
    shall not be  liable to  the Corporation  or its  stockholders for  monetary
    damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a Director."
 
    In  addition, the Company's bylaws  provide for indemnification of directors
and officers, including  indemnification of  directors and officers  that are  a
party  to a proceeding in whole or in  part attributable to (a) the fact that he
is or was a director or officer of the Registrant or was serving at the  request
of  the Registrant or (b) anything  done or not done by  such person in any such
capacity against losses if he acted in good faith and in a manner he  reasonably
believed  to be in or  not opposed to the best  interest of the Registrant, and,
with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe  his
conduct was unlawful.
 
    The  Registrant has entered  into agreements to  provide indemnification for
its directors and executive officers in addition to the indemnification provided
for  in  the  Registrant's  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws.   These
agreements,  among other things, indemnify the  directors, to the fullest extent
provided by  Delaware law,  for certain  expenses (including  attorneys'  fees),
losses,  claims, liabilities, judgments, fines  and settlements amounts incurred
by such indemnitee in any  action or proceeding, including  any action by or  in
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
the  right of the Registrant, on account of services as a director or officer of
any affiliate  of the  Registrant, or  as a  director or  officer of  any  other
company or enterprise that the indemnitee provides services to at the request of
the Registrant.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
    On December 10, 1993, the Company sold to AEA 10,000 shares of the Company's
Redeemable Preferred Stock for $9,000,000 in cash. The Company believes that the
sale  of  the Redeemable  Preferred Stock  to AEA  was exempt  from registration
requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to the exemption provided by
section 4(2)  of  the  Securities  Act of  1933  and  regulation  D  promulgated
thereunder.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
    A.  Exhibits:
 
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
     1.1.  Proposed form of Purchase Agreement.*
     2.1.  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 24, 1991, by and between PLI
           Investors Inc., PLI Merger Corp. and P. Leiner Health Products Corp.*
     2.2.  Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of May 22, 1992, by and among PLI
           Investors Inc., XCEL Laboratories, Inc. and certain stockholders of XCEL
           Laboratories, Inc.*
     3.1.  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and amendments thereto.**
     3.2.  Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company.**
     4.1.  Specimen Form of Company's Common Stock Certificate.*
     5.1.  Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson as to the validity of the
           securities being registered.*
    10.1.  Form of Subscription Agreement between the Company and stockholders of the Company.*
    10.2.  Restated Standard Indemnity Agreement, dated September 1, 1992, between Showa Denko
           America, Inc. and LHP Holdings Corp.*
    10.3.  Guaranty Agreement, dated September 1, 1992, between Showa Denko K.K. and LHP
           Holdings Corp.*
    10.4.  Subscription Agreement, dated December 10, 1993, between the Company and AEA
           Investors Inc.**
    10.5.  Form of Leiner Health Products Group Inc. Stock Option Plan, 1996 Amendment and
           Restatement.*
    10.6.  Note Agreement, dated as of May 4, 1992, between Leiner Health Products Inc. and the
           Purchasers signatory thereto regarding the Series A Notes and the Series B Notes.*
    10.7.  First Amendment Agreement, dated as of May 15, 1993, among Leiner Health Products
           Inc. and each of the holders of Notes listed in Schedule I thereto regarding the
           Series A Notes and the Series B Notes.*
    10.8.  Second Amendment Agreement, dated as of December 10, 1993, among Leiner Health
           Products Inc. and each of the holders of Notes listed in Schedule I thereto
           regarding the Series A Notes and the Series B Notes.*
    10.9.  Waiver and Third Amendment Agreement, dated as of October 15, 1994, among Leiner
           Health Products Inc. and each of the holders of Notes listed in Schedule I thereto
           regarding the Series A Notes and the Series B Notes.*
   10.10.  Fourth Amendment Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1995, among Leiner Health Products
           Inc. and each of the holders of Notes listed in Schedule I thereto regarding the
           Series A Notes and the Series B Notes.*
   10.11.  Credit Agreement, dated as of December 10, 1993, among Leiner Health Products Inc.,
           the various lending institutions parties thereto and The Bank of Nova Scotia.*
   10.12.  Waiver and Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1994,
           among Leiner Health Products Inc., the financial institutions parties thereto and
           The Bank of Nova Scotia.*
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
   10.13.  Amendment No. 2 and Waiver to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 26, 1996, among
           Leiner Health Products Inc., the financial institutions parties hereto and The Bank
           of Nova Scotia.*
   10.14.  Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 1996, among Leiner Health
           Products Inc., the financial institutions parties thereto and The Bank of Nova
           Scotia.*
   10.15.  Lease Agreement, dated October 4, 1993, between Watson Land Company and Leiner
           Health Products Inc., relating to a premise located at 810 East 233rd Street,
           Carson, California.*
   10.16.  Lease Agreement, dated October 4, 1993, between Watson Land Company and Leiner
           Health Products Inc., relating to a premise located at 901 East 233rd Street,
           Carson, California.*
   10.17.  Sublease Agreement, dated October 8, 1993, between Teledyne and Leiner Health
           Products Inc., relating to a premise located at 901 East 233rd Street, Carson,
           California.*
   10.18.  Lease Agreement, dated March 12, 1984, between R&R Properties and Trupak, Inc.,
           relating to a premise located in West Unity, Ohio.*
   10.19.  First Amendment to Lease, dated August 1, 1986, between R&R Properties and Trupak,
           Inc., relating to a premise located in West Unity, Ohio.*
   10.20.  Second Amendment to Lease, dated June 19, 1989, between R&R Properties and Trupak,
           Inc., relating to a premise located in West Unity, Ohio.*
   10.21.  Third Amendment to Lease, dated August 3, 1992, between R&R Properties and P. Leiner
           Nutritional Products, Inc., successor by merger to Trupak Inc., relating to a
           premise in West Unity, Ohio.*
   10.22.  Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated August 2, 1994, between R&R Properties and Leiner
           Health Products Inc., relating to a premise in West Unity, Ohio.*
   10.23.  Fifth Amendment dated May 20, 1996, between R&R Properties and Leiner Health
           Products Inc., relating to a premise in West Unity, Ohio.*
   10.24.  Lease Agreement, dated August 2, 1994, between Square Feet Unlimited and Leiner
           Health Products Inc., relating to a premise in West Unity, Ohio.*
   10.25.  First Amendment to Lease, dated May 20, 1996, by and between Square Feet Unlimited
           and Leiner Health Products Inc., relating to a premise in West Unity, Ohio.*
   10.26.  Form of Indemnification Agreement between Leiner Health Products Group Inc. and its
           directors and/or officers.**
    11.1.  Computation of Supplemental Pro Forma Net Income Per Share.
    21.1.  Subsidiaries of the Company.**
    23.1.  Consent of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
    23.2.  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
    24.1.  Power of Attorney for Francis C. Rooney, Jr. (included on signature page)
    24.2.  Power of Attorney for Robert M. Kaminski (included on signature page)
    24.3.  Power of Attorney for Gale K. Bensussen (included on signature page)
    24.4.  Power of Attorney for Diane J. Beardsley (included on signature page)
    24.5.  Power of Attorney for David F. Brubaker (included on signature page)
    24.6.  Power of Attorney for Howard L. Clark (included on signature page)
    24.7.  Power of Attorney for Hamish Maxwell (included on signature page)
    24.8.  Power of Attorney for Carl M. Mueller (included on signature page)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 *To be filed by amendment.
**Previously filed.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
    B.  Schedules.
 
<TABLE>
<S>            <C>                                                      <C>
Report of Independent Auditors on Financial Statement Schedules.......         S-1
Schedule I     Condensed Financial Information of Registrant..........         S-2
Schedule II    Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (Company)............         S-4
</TABLE>
 
    All supporting schedules other than the above have been omitted because they
are not required or the information required to be set forth therein is included
in the financial statements or in the notes thereto.
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters,
at  the  closings  specified in  the  purchase agreements  certificates  in such
denominations and registered in  such names as required  by the Underwriters  to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
       (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
           1933,  the information omitted  from the form  of prospectus filed as
    part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained
    in a form of prospectus filed  by the registrant pursuant to Rule  424(b)(1)
    or  (4) or  497(h) promulgated  under the  Securities Act  of 1933  shall be
    deemed to be  part of  this Registration  Statement as  of the  time it  was
    declared effective.
 
       (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
           of  1933,  each  post-effective  amendment that  contains  a  form of
    prospectus shall be deemed  to be a new  registration statement relating  to
    the  securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
    Insofar as indemnification of liabilities  arising under the Securities  Act
of  1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to  the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise, the  registrant
has  been advised that in the opinion  of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
of 1933  and  is,  therefore, unenforceable.  In  the  event that  a  claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant of expenses incurred  or paid by a  director, officer or  controlling
person  of  the registrant  in the  successful  defense of  any action,  suit or
proceeding) is  asserted by  such  director, officer  or controlling  person  in
connection  with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to  a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is  against public policy as  expressed in the Securities
Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant  to the  requirements of  the Securities  Act of  1933, as amended,
Leiner Health Products Group Inc.  has duly caused this  Amendment No. 1 to  the
Registration  Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized, in the City  of Carson and the State  of California on the  7th
day of June, 1996.
 
                                          LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
 
                                          By:       /s/ DIANE J. BEARDSLEY
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                     Diane J. Beardsley
                                                   CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
    KNOW  ALL MEN  BY THESE PRESENTS,  that each person  whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints Gale K. Bensussen and Diane J. Beardsley his true
and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, with full powers  of
substitution  and resubstitution, for him  and in his name,  place and stead, in
any and  all capacities,  to sign  any  or all  amendments to  the  Registration
Statement  (No. 33-78636), including post-effective  amendments, and to file the
same, with all exhibits  thereto, and other  documents in connection  therewith,
with    the   Securities   and   Exchange   Commission,   granting   unto   said
attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act  and  thing requisite  and  necessary to  be  done in  and  about  the
premises,  as fully  to all  intents and  purposes as  he might  or could  do in
person, and  hereby ratifies  and confirms  all his  said attorneys-in-fact  and
agents,  each acting alone, or his substitute  or substitutes may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue thereof.
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, this  Amendment
No.  1 to  the Registration  Statement has  been signed  below by  the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                       TITLE                         DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------  ----------------------
 
<C>                                                     <S>                                <C>
                  /s/ FRANCIS C. ROONEY, JR.
     -------------------------------------------        Chairman of the Board                   June 7, 1996
                Francis C. Rooney, Jr.                   of Directors
 
                     /s/ ROBERT M. KAMINSKI             Chief Executive Officer and
     -------------------------------------------         Director (Principal Executive          June 7, 1996
                  Robert M. Kaminski                     Officer)
 
                      /s/ GALE K. BENSUSSEN
     -------------------------------------------        President and Director                  June 7, 1996
                  Gale K. Bensussen
 
                                                        Senior Vice President and Chief
                /s/ DIANE J. BEARDSLEY                   Financial Officer (Principal
     -------------------------------------------         Financial and Accounting               June 7, 1996
                  Diane J. Beardsley                     Officer)
 
                     /s/ DAVID F. BRUBAKER
     -------------------------------------------        Director                                June 7, 1996
                  David F. Brubaker
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                       TITLE                         DATE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------  ----------------------
 
<C>                                                     <S>                                <C>
                       /s/ HOWARD L. CLARK
     -------------------------------------------        Director                                June 7, 1996
                   Howard L. Clark
 
     -------------------------------------------        Director                                June  , 1996
                    Hamish Maxwell
 
                       /s/ CARL M. MUELLER
     -------------------------------------------        Director                                June 7, 1996
                   Carl M. Mueller
 
                         By:
                   ATTORNEY-IN-FACT                                                                , 1996
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  ITEM
 NUMBER                                               DESCRIPTION                                                PAGE
- ---------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----
<C>        <S>                                                                                                <C>
     1.1.  Proposed form of Purchase Agreement.*
     2.1.  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 24, 1991, by and between PLI Investors Inc.,
           PLI Merger Corp. and P. Leiner Health Products Corp.*
     2.2.  Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of May 22, 1992, by and among PLI Investors Inc.,
           XCEL Laboratories, Inc. and certain stockholders of XCEL Laboratories, Inc.*
     3.1.  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and amendments thereto.**
     3.2.  Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company.**
     4.1.  Specimen Form of Company's Common Stock Certificate.*
     5.1.  Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson as to the validity of the securities being
           registered.*
    10.1.  Form of Subscription Agreement between the Company and stockholders of the Company.*
    10.2.  Restated Standard Indemnity Agreement, dated September 1, 1992, between Showa Denko America, Inc.
           and LHP Holdings Corp.*
    10.3.  Guaranty Agreement, dated September 1, 1992, between Showa Denko K.K. and LHP Holdings Corp.*
    10.4.  Subscription Agreement, dated December 10, 1993, between the Company and AEA Investors Inc.**
    10.5.  Form of Leiner Health Products Group Inc. Stock Option Plan, 1996 Amendment and Restatement.*
    10.6.  Note Agreement, dated as of May 4, 1992, between Leiner Health Products Inc. and the Purchasers
           signatory thereto regarding the Series A Notes and the Series B Notes.*
    10.7.  First Amendment Agreement, dated as of May 15, 1993, among Leiner Health Products Inc. and each
           of the holders of Notes listed in Schedule I thereto regarding the Series A Notes and the Series
           B Notes.*
    10.8.  Second Amendment Agreement, dated as of December 10, 1993, among Leiner Health Products Inc. and
           each of the holders of Notes listed in Schedule I thereto regarding the Series A Notes and the
           Series B Notes.*
    10.9.  Waiver and Third Amendment Agreement, dated as of October 15, 1994, among Leiner Health Products
           Inc. and each of the holders of Notes listed in Schedule I thereto regarding the Series A Notes
           and the Series B Notes.*
   10.10.  Fourth Amendment Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1995, among Leiner Health Products Inc. and each
           of the holders of Notes listed in Schedule I thereto regarding the Series A Notes and the Series
           B Notes.*
   10.11.  Credit Agreement, dated as of December 10, 1993, among Leiner Health Products Inc., the various
           lending institutions parties thereto and The Bank of Nova Scotia.*
   10.12.  Waiver and Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of September 30, 1994, among Leiner
           Health Products Inc., the financial institutions parties thereto and The Bank of Nova Scotia.*
   10.13.  Amendment No. 2 and Waiver to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 26, 1996, among Leiner
           Health Products Inc., the financial institutions parties hereto and The Bank of Nova Scotia.*
   10.14.  Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 1996, among Leiner Health Products Inc.,
           the financial institutions parties thereto and The Bank of Nova Scotia.*
   10.15.  Lease Agreement, dated October 4, 1993, between Watson Land Company and Leiner Health Products
           Inc., relating to a premise located at 810 East 233rd Street, Carson, California.*
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  ITEM
 NUMBER                                               DESCRIPTION                                                PAGE
- ---------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----
   10.16.  Lease Agreement, dated October 4, 1993, between Watson Land Company and Leiner Health Products
           Inc., relating to a premise located at 901 East 233rd Street, Carson, California.*
<C>        <S>                                                                                                <C>
   10.17.  Sublease Agreement, dated October 8, 1993, between Teledyne and Leiner Health Products Inc.,
           relating to a premise located at 901 East 233rd Street, Carson, California.*
   10.18.  Lease Agreement, dated March 12, 1984, between R&R Properties and Trupak, Inc., relating to a
           premise located in West Unity, Ohio.*
   10.19.  First Amendment to Lease, dated August 1, 1986, between R&R Properties and Trupak, Inc., relating
           to a premise located in West Unity, Ohio.*
   10.20.  Second Amendment to Lease, dated June 19, 1989, between R&R Properties and Trupak, Inc., relating
           to a premise located in West Unity, Ohio.*
   10.21.  Third Amendment to Lease, dated August 3, 1992, between R&R Properties and P. Leiner Nutritional
           Products, Inc., successor by merger to Trupak Inc., relating to a premise in West Unity, Ohio.*
   10.22.  Fourth Amendment to Lease, dated August 2, 1994, between R&R Properties and Leiner Health
           Products Inc., relating to a premise in West Unity, Ohio.*
   10.23.  Fifth Amendment dated May 20, 1996, between R&R Properties and Leiner Health Products Inc.,
           relating to a premise in West Unity, Ohio.*
   10.24.  Lease Agreement, dated August 2, 1994, between Square Feet Unlimited and Leiner Health Products
           Inc., relating to a premise in West Unity, Ohio.*
   10.25.  First Amendment to Lease, dated May 20, 1996, by and between Square Feet Unlimited and Leiner
           Health Products Inc., relating to a premise in West Unity, Ohio.*
   10.26.  Form of Indemnification Agreement between Leiner Health Products Group Inc. and its directors
           and/or officers.**
    11.1.  Computation of Supplemental Pro Forma Net Income Per Share.
    21.1.  Subsidiaries of the Company.**
    23.1.  Consent of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
    23.2.  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
    24.1.  Power of Attorney for Francis C. Rooney, Jr. (included on signature page)
    24.2.  Power of Attorney for Robert M. Kaminski (included on signature page)
    24.3.  Power of Attorney for Gale K. Bensussen (included on signature page)
    24.4.  Power of Attorney for Diane J. Beardsley (included on signature page)
    24.5.  Power of Attorney for David F. Brubaker (included on signature page)
    24.6.  Power of Attorney for Howard L. Clark (included on signature page)
    24.7.  Power of Attorney for Hamish Maxwell (included on signature page)
    24.8.  Power of Attorney for Carl M. Mueller (included on signature page)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 *To be filed by amendment.
**Previously filed.
<PAGE>
        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS ON FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
The Board of Directors
Leiner Health Products Group Inc.
 
    We  have  audited the  consolidated  financial statements  of  Leiner Health
Products Group Inc. as  of March 31, 1995  and 1996, and for  each of the  three
years  in the  period ended March  31, 1996  and have issued  our report thereon
dated May  20, 1996  (included elsewhere  in this  Registration Statement).  Our
audits also included the financial statement schedules of Leiner Health Products
Group  Inc. listed in Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement. These schedules
are the responsibility  of the  Company's management. Our  responsibility is  to
express an opinion based on our audits.
 
    In  our opinion, the  financial statement schedules  referred to above, when
considered in  relation to  the basic  financial statements  taken as  a  whole,
present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
                                          /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Orange County, California
May 20, 1996
 
                                      S-1
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
 
        SCHEDULE I -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE REGISTRANT
 
                                 BALANCE SHEET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               MARCH 31,
                                                                          --------------------
                                                                            1995       1996
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
ASSETS
Investment in Leiner Health Products Inc................................  $  71,501  $  72,667
Receivable from Leiner Health Products Inc..............................     --            130
                                                                          ---------  ---------
Total assets............................................................  $  71,501  $  72,797
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Redeemable preferred stock..............................................  $  10,490  $  11,875
Shareholders' equity....................................................     61,011     60,922
                                                                          ---------  ---------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity..............................  $  71,501  $  72,797
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-2
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
 
        SCHEDULE I -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE REGISTRANT
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        YEAR ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                   -------------------------------
                                                                     1994       1995       1996
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Statement of Income
  Equity in income of Leiner Health Products Inc.................  $   3,529  $   3,442  $   1,166
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net income.....................................................  $   3,529  $   3,442  $   1,166
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
 
Statement of Cash Flows
  Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income...................................................  $   3,529  $   3,442  $   1,166
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
     operating activities:
      Equity in income of Leiner Health Products Inc.............     (3,529)    (3,442)    (1,166)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net cash provided by operating activities......................     --         --         --
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net change in cash.............................................     --         --         --
    Cash at beginning of year....................................     --         --         --
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
    Cash at end of year..........................................  $  --      $  --      $  --
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
Notes to Condensed Financial Information
 
    The  Registrant is a holding company with  no operations and no assets other
than a receivable from and  an investment in all of  the stock of Leiner  Health
Products Inc.
 
    See  Note 1 to the Consolidated  Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in
this Registration Statement for significant accounting policies.
 
    The Registrant, at its option, may redeem for cash the shares of  Redeemable
Preferred  Stock at a redemption price of $900 per share plus accrued but unpaid
dividends or it may require the holders of the stock to exchange the shares  for
debentures  in a principal amount of $900 per share. The Company must redeem the
stock on the earlier of December 1,  2003, or upon the failure of AEA  Investors
Inc. to maintain a majority ownership.
 
                                      S-3
<PAGE>
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
                SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          BALANCE AT      ADDITIONS
                                                           BEGINNING     CHARGED TO
                                                              OF            COSTS                     BALANCE AT
                                                            PERIOD      AND EXPENSES    DEDUCTIONS   END OF PERIOD
                                                          -----------  ---------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
Year ended March 31, 1994:
  Accounts receivable allowances........................   $   1,212      $   4,294      $   3,359     $   2,147
  Inventory valuation reserve...........................       3,434          3,427          1,555         5,306
Year ended March 31, 1995:
  Accounts receivable allowances........................   $   2,147      $   4,903      $   3,734     $   3,316
  Inventory valuation reserve...........................       5,306          2,640          3,537         4,409
Year ended March 31, 1996:
  Accounts receivable allowances........................   $   3,316      $   4,443      $   5,220     $   2,539
  Inventory valuation reserve...........................       4,409          2,320          2,828         3,901
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-4

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 11.1
 
                       LEINER HEALTH PRODUCTS GROUP INC.
           COMPUTATION OF SUPPLEMENTAL PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER SHARE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    FISCAL YEAR
                                                                                                       ENDED
                                                                                                   MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                                  ----------------
<S>                                                                                               <C>
Net income......................................................................................    $  1,166,000
 
Adjustment to eliminate certain interest expense, net of related income tax benefit.............       2,761,000
                                                                                                  ----------------
Adjusted net income.............................................................................    $  3,927,000
                                                                                                  ----------------
                                                                                                  ----------------
 
Calculation of shares outstanding for computing net income per share:
 
Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding in accordance with generally
 accepted accounting principles.................................................................
 
Adjustment to reflect the requirements of the SEC in accordance with SAB 83.....................
 
Adjustment to reflect assumed issuance of shares to redeem all of the Company's Redeemable
 Preferred Stock and repay amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement and vendor revolving
 loan agreement.................................................................................
                                                                                                  ----------------
 
Shares used in computing supplemental pro forma net income per share............................
 
Supplemental pro forma net income per share.....................................................    $
                                                                                                  ----------------
                                                                                                  ----------------
</TABLE>
 
    Share amounts reflect a     for-1 stock split and a conversion of all shares
of Class A, Class B and Class C common stock into a single class of common stock
pursuant  to  the  contemplated  recapitalization  discussed  elsewhere  in this
Registration Statement.

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
We  consent to the reference to our firm  under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our reports  dated May 20,  1996 in Amendment No.  1 to the  Registration
Statement  (Form  S-1  No. 33-78636)  and  related Prospectus  of  Leiner Health
Products Group  Inc. for  the registration  of 5,000,000  shares of  its  Common
Stock.
 
                                          /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
ORANGE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA
JUNE 5, 1996


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission